Tổng hợp ngữ pháp Tiếng Anh lớp 9

9th grade synthesized English grammar

Part

Appendix Content

Page

I Tense - Các thì

II Conditional sentences - Câu điều kiện

III Wish - Câu ước

IV Passive Voice - Câu Bị Động

V Reported Speech - Câu Trực Tiếp - Gián Tiếp

VI Tag Question - Câu hỏi đuôi

VII Relative Clauses - Mệnh Đề Quan Hệ

VIII Comparison - Câu so sánh

IX Article - Mạo từ

X Quantifiers – Định lượng từ

XI Enough, Too, So, Such

XII Structures to V, V_ing – Cấu trúc to V, V_ing

XIII Clauses and Phases - Mệnh đề và Cụm từ

I. WISH – Clauses & IF ONLY – Clauses

(Mệnh đề ước)

II. PHRASES / CLAUSES OF PURPOSE

(Cụm từ/ Mệnh đề chỉ mục đích):

III. PHRASES / CLAUSES OF RESULT

(Cụm từ / Mệnh đề chỉ kết quả)

IV. PHRASES/ CLAUSES OF REASON

(Cụm từ / Mệnh đề chỉ lý do)

V. PHRASES / CLAUSES OF CONCESSION

(Mệnh đề / Cụm từ chỉ sự nhượng bộ)

VI. AS IF/ AS THOUGH/ IT’S (HIGH)TIME / WOULD RATHER

XIV So, Too, Neither, Either

Microsoft English grammar grade 9

1

XVI Conjunctions - Liên Từ

9th grade synthesized English grammar

English grammar grade 9

S + Vs/es … S+ do/does + not + V… Do/does + S + V…?

I. Tense - Thì tiếng anh 1. Thì hiện tại đơn - simple present tense a. Công thức - Với động từ thường : Khẳng định : Phủ định : Nghi vấn - Với động từ tobe : Khẳng định : Phủ định : Nghi vấn S+ am/ is/ are + o S + am/ is/ are + not + o Am/ is/ are + s + o

Lưu ý : Ta thêm "Es" Sau các động từ tận cùng là: o, s, x, ch, sh. b. Dấu hiệu nhận biết: Always, usually, often, sometimes , generally, seldom, etc., (a fact, habit, or repeated action), every time, as a rule, every day (every other day), once (a month), once in a while,… c. Cách dùng: 1. Thì hiện tại đơn diễn tả một chân lý , một sự thật hiển nhiên. Ex: The sun ries in the East. 2. Thì hiện tại đơn diễn tả 1 thói quen , một hành động xảy ra thường xuyên ở hiện tại. Ex: Mary often goes to school by bicycle. 3. Thì hiện tại đơn diễn tả năng lực của con người : Ex : He plays badminton very well 4. Thì hiện tại đơn còn diễn tả một kế hoạch sắp xếp trước trong tương lai hoặc thời khoá biểu , đặc biệt dùng với các động từ di chuyển. 2. Thì hiện tại tiếp diễn - present progressive a. Công thức:

: : : S + be (am/ is/ are) + V_ing … S+ be + not + V_ing … Be + s+ V_ing …

Khẳng định Phủ định Nghi vấn b. Cách dùng: 1. Diễn tả một hành động đang xảy ra ở thời điểm đang nói. Ex: I am reading. ( Tôi đang đọc) 2. Một hành động xảy ra có tính chất tạm thời. Ex: She is working (cô ấy đang làm việc) 3. Một hành động lúc nào cũng xảy ra liên tục. (thường có thêm usually, always... trong câu). Ex: I am usually thinking of you (tôi thường nghĩ về bạn). a. Chỉ một việc đang xảy ra ngay lúc nói chuyện/hiện hành. Ex: I am reading an English book now. b. Chỉ việc xảy ra trong tương lai (khi có trạng từ chỉ tương lai). Ex: I am going to call on Mr. John tom / I am meeting her at the cinema tonight.

- know -understand Những động từ không chia ở HTTD - keep - see - be - hear - hope

- wish - smell - seem - need - consider - expect - sound

2

- agree - taste - have to - notice - enjoy - feel ..... - look - start - love/ like - want -begin - prefer - finish - fall - stop - wonder

English grammar grade 9

9th grade synthesized English grammar

c. Từ nhận biết: Right now , at the moment , at present , now , shhh! , listen! , look! , this semester . At the time = at this time = at present (hiện nay) - do you hear? - pay attention to ! - today - still - where + be + s ? ........... - at the present - keep silent ! = Be quiet! - don’t make noise: - hurry up! - don’t talk in class

3. Thì hiện tại hoàn thành - present perfect a. Công thức:

Khẳng định Phủ định Nghi vấn : : : S + have/ has + past participle (V3) S + have/ has + not+ past participle (V3) Have/ has +S+ past participle (V3)

I, THEY ,WE, YOU + HAVE + (V3) SHE, HE, IT + HAS + (V3)

* Lưu ý : b. Cách dùng: - Thì hiện tại hoàn thành diễn tả hành động đã xảy ra hoặc chưa bao giờ xảy ra ở 1 thời gian không xác định trong quá khứ. - Thì hiện tại hoàn thành cũng được dùng với since và for. - Since + mốc thời gian (1995, I was young, this morning etc.) Khi người nói dùng since, người nghe phải tính thời gian là bao lâu. - For + khoảng thời gian (từ lúc đầu tới bây giờ) Khi người nói dùng for, người nói phải tính thời gian là bao lâu. - Diễn tả hành động đã xảy ra trong quá khứ, vẫn kéo dài đến hiện tại (có thể đến tương lai). - Diễn tả hành động xảy ra trong quá khứ nhưng không đề cập đến thời gian cụ thể. - Diễn tả hành động xảy ra lặp đi lặp lại nhiều lần trong qk nhưng không đề cập đến thời gian. - Diễn tả hành động xảy ra trong quá khứ còn hậu quả ở hiện tại. c. Từ nhận biết: Never, ever, in the last fifty years, this semester (summer,year…) , since, for, so far, up to now, up until , just, now, up to the present, yet, recently, lately, in recent years, many times, once, twice, and in his/her whole life, Already, the first time, the second times, the third times… Chú ý: s + have/ has + never/ever/ already /just… + (V3) 4. Thì Hiện Tại Hoàn Thành Tiếp Diễn (Present Perfect Continuous): a. Công thức

: : : S + have/ has + been + V_ing + O S + have/ has + not + been + V_ing + O Have/ has + S + been + V_ing + O?

Khẳng định Phủ định Nghi vấn b. Từ nhận biết: all day, all week, since, for, for a long time, almost every day this week, recently, lately, in the past week, in recent years, up until now, and so far. c. Cách dùng: Thì hiện tại hoàn thành tiếp diễn nhấn mạnh khoảng thời gian của 1 hành động đã xảy ra trong quá khứ và tiếp tục tới hiện tại (có thể tới tương lai). 5. Thì quá khứ đơn - past simple a. Công thức: - Với động từ thường : Khẳng định : Phủ định : Nghi vấn S + V2/ed … S + did+ not + V… Did + S + V…?

3

- Với tobe

English grammar grade 9

9th grade synthesized English grammar

Khẳng định Phủ định Nghi vấn : : : S + was/were … S+ was/ were + not … Was/were + S … ?

b. Cách dùng : Diễn tả hành động xảy ra và chấm dứt tại một thời điểm hoặc thời gian xác định trong quá khứ c. Dấu hiệu nhận biết

- Yesterday, ago, last (night, week, month, year..), from… to . - In + năm trong quá khứ (vd: in 1995, 1999), in the old days

* Chú ý :

Chủ từ + động từ quá khứ When + thì quá khứ đơn (simple past) When+ hành động thứ nhất

6. Thì quá khứ tiếp diễn - past progessive a. Công thức

Khẳng định Phủ định Nghi vấn : : : S + was/were + V_ing … S + wasn’t/weren’t+ V-ing … Was/were + s+ V-ing …?

Lưu ý: I, THEY, WE , YOU + WERE + V-ing

SHE, HE, IT + WAS + V-ing Chủ ngữ + were/was + động từ thêm -ing While + thì quá khứ tiếp diễn (past progressive)

b. Cách sử dụng 1. Diễn tả hành động đang sảy ra tại thời điểm xác định trong quá khứ Ex: What were you doing at 8.00 last night ? I was watching television . 2. Diễn tả một hành động đang diễn ra thì bị hành động khác xen vào trong quá khứ Ex: While I was having a bath, the phone rang . 3. Diễn tả hai hành động đang diễn ra cùng một lúc Ex: I was learning my lesson while my parents were watching TV at 8.30 last night. c. Các từ nhận biết: - At that moment ( vào lúc đó) - At that time ( vào lúc đó) - At this time yesterday ( vào lúc này hôm qua) - At this time last night ( vào lúc này tối hôm qua) - At 4 (5, 6 …) o'clock yesterday ( vào lúc 4 (5, 6…) giờ hôm qua.) - All day yesterday ( suốt ngày hôm qua) - All last week = during last week (trong suốt tuần) + thời gian ở quá khứ - The whole of….(toàn bộ) + thời gian ở quá khứ 7. Thì Quá Khứ HOÀN THÀNH - (Past perfect) a. Công thức

S + had + V3/ed…

Khẳng định Phủ định : Nghi vấn : S + had + not +V3/ed… : Had + S + V3/ed…. ?

4

b. Cách sử dụng - Diễn tả một hành động xảy ra trước một hành động khác hoặc thời điểm khác trong quá khứ. - Chúng ta thường sử dụng các từ nối như before, after, just, when, as soon as, by the time, until,… Ex: After I had cleaned the room, my mom called (Sau khi tôi dọn xong phòng thì mẹ gọi) - Hành động xảy ra như là điều kiện tiên quyết cho hành động khác

English grammar grade 9

9th grade synthesized English grammar

Ex: I had had a girl friend and would marriage to her (Tôi có một người bạn gái và tôi sẽ cưới cô ấy) 8. Thì tương lai - simple future a. Công thức

V_inf = V_infinitive : Verb nguyên thể

: : :

S + shall/ will + V_inf S + shall/ will + not+ V_inf … Shall/ will + s + V_inf …? - Diễn tả hđ sẽ xảy ra trong tương lai - Diễn tả hđ quyết định nay lúc nói

Khẳng định Phủ định Nghi vấn b. Cách sử dụng: - Lưu ý: Không sử dụng Will, Shall sau before, after, when, while, as soon as, until, if. c. Dấu hiệu nhận biết

- Tomorrow (ngày mai), next (week, month, year..), someday (một ngày nào đó) - - In the future, soon (chẳng bao lâu nữa), tonight, in a few day’s time In a week, in a minute, in + năm chưa tới

Before After By the time

S + WILL + V(inf) + when + S + V(s,es)

as soon as until

: : Am/is/are + going to +v This____, tonight, tomorrow, next__, in__,...

9. Thì tương lai gần – near future a. Công thức b. Từ để nhận dạng c. Cách dùng: - Khi đoán (predict, guess), dùng will hoặc be going to. - Khi chỉ dự định trước, dùng be going to không được dùng will. - Chủ từ + am (is/are) going to + động từ (ở hiện tại: Simple form) - Khi diễn tả sự tình nguyện hoặc sự sẵn sàng, dùng will không được dùng be going to. - Chủ từ + will + động từ (ở hiện tại: Simple form) 10. TƯƠNG LAI TIẾP DIỄN: (FUTURE CONTINUOUS TENSE) a. Form (Công thức) : S + will be + V_ing b. Dấu hiệu nhận biết

- While, tomorrow, next (week, month, year..), someday (một ngày nào đó) - In the future, soon (chẳng bao lâu nữa), tonight, in a few day’s time - In a week, in a minute, in + năm chưa tới

11. FUTURE PERFECT TENSE: ( tương lai hoàn thành) a. Form (Công thức): S + will have + V3/ed b. Dấu hiệu nhận biết: Before, after, by the time, by + một điểm thời gian ở tương lai 12. Thì Hiện Tại Hoàn Thành Tiếp Diễn (Present Perfect Continuous): a. Công thức

: : : S + have/ has + been + V_ing + O S + have/ has + not + been + V_ing + O Have/ has + S + been + V_ing + O?

Khẳng định Phủ định Nghi vấn b. Từ nhận biết:

all day, all week, since, for, for a long time, almost every day this week, recently, lately, in the past week, in recent years, up until now, and so far.

5

c. Cách dùng: Thì hiện tại hoàn thành tiếp diễn nhấn mạnh khoảng thời gian của 1 hành động đã xảy ra trong quá khứ và tiếp tục tới hiện tại (có thể tới tương lai).

English grammar grade 9

9th grade synthesized English grammar

D. has been living C. was living

B. haven’t seen C. didn’t see D. hadn’t seen

6

EXERCISE 1: Use the correct form of verbs in brackets. 1. In all the world, there (be) __________ only 14 mountains that (reach) __________above 8,000 meters. 2. He sometimes (come) __________ to see his parents. 3. When I (come) __________, she (leave) __________for Dalat ten minutes ago. 4. My grandfather never (fly) __________ in an airplane, and he has no intention of ever doing so. 5. We just (decide) __________ that we (undertake) ____________ the job. 6. He told me that he (take) __________ a trip to California the following week. 7. I knew that this road (be) __________ too narrow. 8. Right now I (attend) __________ class. Yesterday at this time I (attend) __________class. 9. Tomorrow I’m going to leave for home. When I (arrive) __________at the airport, Mary (wait) __________ for me. 10. Margaret was born in 1950. By last year, she (live) __________on this earth for 55 years . 11. The traffic was very heavy. By the time I (get) __________to Mary’s party, everyone already (arrive) __________ 12. I will graduate in June. I (see) __________ you in July. By the time I (see) __________ you , I (graduate) __________. 13. I (visit) __________ my uncle’s home regularly when I (be) __________ a child. 14. That book (be) __________ on the table for weeks. You (not read) __________ it yet ? 15. David (wash) __________ his hands. He just (repair) __________ the TV set. 16. You (be) __________here before? Yes, I (spend) __________ my holidays here last year. 17. We never (meet) __________ him. We don’t know what he (look) __________ like. 18. The car (be) __________ ready for him by the time he (come) __________tomorrow. 19. On arriving at home I (find) __________that she just (leave) __________a few minutes before. 20. When we (arrive) __________ in London tonight, it probably (rain) __________. 21. It (rain) __________ hard. We can’t do anything until it (stop) __________ 22. Last night we (watch) __________TV when the power (fail) __________. 23. That evening we (stay) __________up to talk about the town where he (live) __________for some years. 24. I (sit) __________down for a rest while the shoes (repair) __________. 25. Half way to the office Paul (turn) __________round and (go) __________back home because he (forget) __________to turn the gas off. 26. London (change) __________a lot since we first (come) __________ to live here. 27. While we (talk) __________on the phone the children (start) __________fighting and (break) __________a window 28. He used to talk to us for hours about all the interesting things he (do) __________ in his life. 29. You know she (stand) __________looking at that picture for the last twenty minutes. 30. I (spend) __________ a lot of time travelling since I (get) __________this new job. 31. When we (be) __________ at school we all (study) __________Latin. 32. When I (meet) __________ him , he (work) __________as a waiter for a year. 33. After he (finish) __________ breakfast he (sit) __________down to write some letters. 34. She (have) __________a hard life, but she’s always smiling. 35. I think Jim (be) __________ out of town. EXERCISE 2: Choose the best answer among A, B, C, or D. 1. When I last saw him, he _____ in London. A. has lived B. is living 2. We _______ Dorothy since last Saturday. A. don’t see 3. The train ______ half an hour ago.

English grammar grade 9

9th grade synthesized English grammar

C. has left D. had left

C. will have painted D. painting B. paint

D. looked C. has been looking

C. was attending D. attended

B. since ten years C. for ten years ago D. for ten years

D. had been discovering B. has discovered C. had discovered

C. was running D. had run

C. was still lived D. was still living

D. would play C. play B. will be playing

B. will work D. will be working

B. was being C. have been being D. am

B. was C. were D. had been

C. have left B. will leave D. shall leave

B. happened D. would have been happened

C. was reading B. read D. reading

C. can B. would D. would be

C. have opened B. open D. opening

B. since 9 a.m D. All are correct

C. leaves B. left D. had left

B. writes C. has written D. had written

C. was written B. wrote D. had written

C. had broken down D. breaks down

7

A. has been leaving B. left 4. Jack ______ the door. A. has just painted 5. My sister ________ for you since yesterday. A. is looking B. was looking 6. I ______ Texas State University now. A. am attending B. attend 7. He has been selling motorbikes ________. A. ten years ago 8. Christopher Columbus _______ American more than 500 years ago. A. discovered 9. He fell down when he ______ towards the church. A. run B. runs 10. We _______ there when our father died. B. lived still A. still lived 11. They ______ table tennis when their father comes back home. A. will play 12. By Christmas, I _______ for Mr. Smith for six years. A. will have been working C. have been working 13. I _______ in the room right now. A. am being 14. I ______ to New York three times this year. A. have been 15. I’ll come and see you before I _______ for the States. A. leave 16. The little girl asked what _______ to her friend. A. has happened C. had happened 17. John ______ a book when I saw him. A. is reading 18. He said he _______ return later. A. will 19. Jack ________ the door. A. has just opened 20. I have been waiting for you ______ . A. since early morning C. for two hours 21. Almost everyone _______ for home by the time we arrived. A. leave 22. By the age of 25, he ______ two famous novels. A. wrote 23. When her husband was in the army, Mary ______ to him twice a week. A. was reading 24. I couldn’t cut the grass because the lawn mower ______ a few days previously. A. broke down B. has been broken 25. I have never played badminton before. This is the first time I _____ to play. A. try B. tried C. have tried D. am trying

English grammar grade 9

9th grade synthesized English grammar

D. he was left B. he left C. he has left

D. have had B. had had C. have has

D. would learn B. will learn C. has learned

D. walk C. walks B. walked

D. did go B. went C. has gone

D. finishing C. will finish B. finishes

D. goes C. went B. did go

D. finishing C. finished B. has finished

D. boiled C. is boiling B. boils

B. are leaving C. leaving D. are left

B. is going C. goes D. going

C. is working B. works D. work

D. had gone C. go

C. has died B. died D. had died

B. will come C. comes D. coming

8

26. Since _______, I have heard nothing from him. A. he had left 27. After I _______ lunch, I looked for my bag. A. had 28. By the end of next year, George _______ English for two years. A. will have learned 29. The man got out of the car, ________ round to the back and opened the book. A. walking 30. Henry _______ into the restaurant when the writer was having dinner. A. was going 31. He will take the dog out for a walk as soon as he ______ dinner. A. finish 32. I will be glad if he _______ with us. A. had gone 33 Ask her to come and see me when she _______ her work. A. finish 34. Turn off the gas. Don’t you see that the kettle ________? A. boil 35. Tom and Mary ______ for Vietnam tomorrow. A. leave 36. He always ________ for a walk in the evening. A. go 37. Her brother ______ in Canada at present. A. working 38. I ______ to the same barber since last year. A. am going B. have been going 39. Her father ______ when she was a small girl. A. dies 40. Last week, my professor promised that he ________ today. A. would come EXERCISE 3: Choose the underlined part in each sentence (A, B,C, or D ) that needs correcting. 1. After Mrs. Wang had returned to her house from work, she was cooking dinner. A B C D 2. Jimmy threw the ball high in the air, and Betty catching it when it came down. A B C D 3. Linda has worn her new yellow dress only once since she buys it. A B C D 4. Last week Mark told me that he got very bored with his present job and is looking for a new one. A B C D 5. Having fed the dog, he was sat down to his own meal. A B C D 6. When I turned on my computer, I was shocked to find some junk mail, and I delete it all. A B C D 7. They are going to have to leave soon and so do we. A B C D 8. The boss laughed when the secretary has told him that she really needed a pay rise. A B C D 9. The telephone rang several times and then stop before I could answer it.

English grammar grade 9

9th grade synthesized English grammar

9

A B C D 10. Debbie, whose father is an excellent tennis player, has been playing tennis since ten years A B C D 11. I have seen lots of interesting places when I went on holiday last summer. A B C D 12. When my cat heard a noise in the bushes, she stopped moving and listen intently. A B C D 13. I think it’s time you change your way of living. A B C D 14. Roger felt the outside of his pocket to make sure his wallet is still there. A B C D 15. When I’m shopping in the supermarket, I ran into an old friend who I hadn’t met for five years. A B C D 16. The police arrested the man while he is having dinner in a restaurant. A B C D 17. Peter and Wendy first met in 2006, and they are married for three years now. A B C D 18. Some people are believing there is life on other planets. A B C D 19. The island of Hawaii had been the subject of intensive research on the occurrence of earthquakes. A B C D 20. Every morning, the sun shines in my bedroom window and waking me up. A B C D 21. The man died as a result of falling asleep while he drives. A B C D 22. I haven’t finished the report yet, but by the time you return I will certainly complete it. A B C D 23. Caroline has worn her new yellow dress only once since she buys it. A B C D 24. We’ll be cycled to Hoa’s village at this time next Sunday. A B C D 25. What will you do when your friends won’t come ? A B C D 26. Someone was knocking at the door when I was doing the washing up. A B C D 27. My friend didn’t drink any beer since we came to live here. A B C D 28. We have written to each other when we were in primary school. A B C D 29. After breakfast, I‘m gone to walk to school with my friends. A B C D 30. Did he go to the pop concert next weekend for a change? A B C D EXERCISE 4: Choose the correct sentence among A, B, C or D which has the same meaning as the given one. 1. Eight years ago we started writing to each other. A. We have rarely written to each other for eight years.

English grammar grade 9

9th grade synthesized English grammar

10

B. Eight years is a long time for us to write to each other. C. We wrote to each other eight years ago. D. We have been writing to each other for eight years. 2. The boy was so lazy that he couldn’t stay up late to learn his lessons. A. The boy was lazy enough not to stay up late to learn his lessons. B. The boy was too lazy to stay up late to learn his lessons. C. The boy was lazy enough but he stayed up late to learn his lessons. D. The boy was lazy enough to stay up late to learn his lessons. 3. My father is tired of seeing any violent films. A. My father hasn’t seen a violent film. B. My father has enjoyed all the violent films he has ever seen. C. My father is worried about missing the next violent film. D. My father never wants to see another violent film. 4. As soon as he waved his hand, she turned away. A. He saw her turn away and he waved his hand. B. No sooner had he waved his hand than she turned away. C. She turned away because he waved his hand too early. D. Although she turned away, he waved his hand. 5. John wishes he had remembered to send Mary a Christmas card. A. John regrets not to send Mary a Christmas card. B. John regrets forgetting not to send Mary a Christmas card. C. John regrets not remembering sending Mary a Christmas card. D. John regrets forgetting to send Mary a Christmas card. 6. My father hasn’t smoked cigarettes for a month. A. It’s a month since my father last smoked cigarettes. B. It’s a month ago that my father smoked cigarettes. C. It’s a month that my father hasn’t smoked cigarettes. D. It’s a cigarette that my father smoked a month ago. 7. Having finished their work, the workers expected to be paid. A. The workers expected to be paid because they had finished their work. B. Having their work finishing, the workers expected to be paid. C. Having expected to be paid, the workers finished their work. D. Having been finished their work, the workers expected to be paid. 8. Mr. Brown bought this car five years ago. A. Mr. Brown started to buy this car for five years. B. It has been five years when Mr. Brown has bought this car. C. Mr. Brown has had this car for five years . D. It is five years ago since Mr. Brown has bought this car. 9. John used to write home once a week when he was abroad. A. John doesn’t write home once a week any longer. B. John enjoyed being written home every week when he was abroad. C. John never forgot to write a weekly letter home when he was abroad. D. When he was abroad he remembered to write home every week. 10. I haven’t enjoyed myself so much for years. A. It’s years since I enjoyed myself so much. B. It’s years since I have enjoyed myself so much.

English grammar grade 9

9th grade synthesized English grammar

11

C. It was years since I had enjoyed myself so much. D. It has been years since I have enjoyed myself so much. ĐÁP ÁN Exercise 1: 1. are - reach 2. comes 3. came - had left 4. has never flown 5. have just decided -would undertake 6. would take 7. was 8. am attending - was attending 9. arrive -will be waiting 10. had lived 11. got- had already arrived 12. will see - see - will have graduated 13. visited -was 14. has been - haven’t you read 15. is washing - has just repaired 16. Have you been - spent 17. have never met - looks 18. will have been- comes 19. found – had just left 20. arrive – will probably be raining 21. is raining - stops 22. were watching - failed 23. stayed – had lived 24. sat – were being repaired 25. turned – went – had forgotten 26. has changed - came 27. were talking – started - broke 28. had done 29. has been standing 30. have spent - got 31. were - studied 32. met – had been working 33. had finished - sat 34. has 35. has been Exercise 2: 1. C 2. B 3. B 4. A 5. C 6. A 7. D 8. A 9. C 10. A 11. B 12. A 13. D 14. A 15. A 16. C 17. C 18. B 19. A 20. D 21. D 22. D 23. B 24. C 25. C 26. B 27. B 28. A 29. B 30. B 31. B 32. D 33. B 34. C 35. B 36. C 37. C 38. B 39. B 40. A

English grammar grade 9

9th grade synthesized English grammar

18. B. are believing -> believe 19. B. had been -> has been 20. C. waking -> wakes 21. D. drives -> was driving 22. D. will certainly complete -> will have certainly completed 23. D. buys -> bought 24. A. We’ll be cycled -> We’ll be cycling 25. D. won’t come -> don’t come 26. A. was knocking -> knocked 27. A. didn’t drink -> hasn’t drunk 28. C. when -> since 29. B. gone -> going 30. A. Did -> Will

Exercise 3: 1. D. was cooking -> cooked 2. C. catching -> caught 3. D. buys -> bought 4. C. is looking -> was looking 5. B. was sat -> sat 6. D. delete -> deleted 7. C. so do -> so are 8. A. has told -> told 9. C. stop -> stopped 10. D. since -> for 11. A. have seen -> saw 12. C. listen -> listened 13. B. change -> changed 14. D. is still -> was still 15. A. I’m shopping -> was shopping 16. C. is having -> was having 17. C. are -> have been Exercise 4: 1. D 2. B 3. D 4. B 5. D 6. A 7. A 8. C 9. A 10. A II. Conditional sentences ( Câu điều kiện)

Các loại câu điều kiện: Forms Usage

Type 0

If + S + V(s,es), S+ V(s,es) If + S + V(s,es), S + Will/Can/shall…… + Vo 1

2

If + S + V2/ Ved, S +would/ Could/ Should…+ Vo If + S + Had + V3/Ved, S + would/ could…+ have + V3/Ved 3 Đk có thể xảy ra ở hiẹn tại ỏ tương lai Đk không có thật ở hiện tại Đk không có thật trong quá khứ If + S + had + V3/Ved, S + would + Vo

Đk kết hợp

I. Câu điều kiện loại I 1. Khái niệm về câu điều kiện loại 1

- Câu điều kiện loại I còn được gọi là câu điều kiện có thực ở hiện tại. - Điều kiện có thể xảy ra ở hiện tại hoặc tương lai.

2. Cấu trúc – Công thức

If + S + V (hiện tại), S + will + V (nguyên mẫu)

• Chủ ngữ 1 và chủ ngữ 2 có thể trùng nhau. Bổ ngữ có thể không có, tùy ý nghĩa của câu. Mệnh

IF + Chủ ngữ 1 + Động từ chia ở thì hiện tại đơn + Bổ ngữ, Chủ ngữ 2 + WILL + Động từ giữ nguyên + Bổ ngữ (nếu có). Ở câu điều kiện loại 1, mệnh đề IF dùng thì hiện tại đơn, mệnh đề chính dùng thì tương lai đơn.

• Trong câu điều kiện loại I, động từ của mệnh đề điều kiện chia ở thì hiện tại đơn, còn động từ

đề IF và mệnh đề chính có thể đứng trước hay sau đều được.

trong mệnh đề chính chia ở thì tương lai đơn.

Microsoft English grammar grade 9

12

Ví dụ: If you come into my garden, my dog will bite you. (Nếu anh vào vườn của tôi, con chó của tôi sẽ cắn anh đó.)

9th grade synthesized English grammar

• Câu điều kiện loại II còn được gọi là câu điều kiện không có thực ở hiện tại. • Điều kiện không thể xảy ra ở hiện tại hoặc tương lai, điều kiện chỉ là một giả thiết, một ước

If it is sunny, I will go fishing. (Nếu trời nắng tốt, tôi sẽ đi câu cá.) 3. Cách dùng câu điều kiện loại 1: Câu điều kiện loại 1 còn có thể được gọi là câu điều kiện hiện tại có thể có thật. Ta sử dụng câu điều kiện loại 1 để đặt ra một điều kiện có thể thực hiện được trong hiện tại và nêu kết quả có thể xảy ra. II, Câu điều kiện loại II Khái niệm về câu điều kiện loại 2:

muốn trái ngược với thực trạng hiện tại.

Cấu trúc câu điều kiện loại 2

If + S + V (quá khứ), S + would + V (nguyên mẫu)

•

– Trong câu điều kiện loại II, động từ của mệnh đề điều kiện chia ở bang thái cách (past subjunctive), động từ của mệnh đề chính chia ở thì điều kiện hiện tại (simple conditional). Chú ý: Bàng thái cách (Past subjunctive) là hình thức chia động từ giống hệt như thì quá khư đơn, riêng động từ “to be” thì dùng “were” cho tất cả các ngôi. Ví dụ: •

If I were a bird, I would be very happy. (Nếu tôi là một con chim, tôi sẽ rất hạnh phúc.) <= tôi không thể là chim được If I had a million USD, I would buy that car. (Nếu tôi có một triệu đô la, tôi sẽ mua chiếc xe đó.) <= hiện tại tôi không có

• Câu điều kiện loại III là câu điều kiện không có thực trong quá khứ. • Điều kiện không thể xảy ra trong quá khứ, chỉ mang tính ước muốn trong quá khứ, một giả thiết

III, Câu điều kiện loại III Khái niệm về câu điều kiện loại 3:

trái ngược với thực trạng ở quá khứ.

Cấu trúc câu điều kiện loại 3

If + S + had + P.P (quá khứ phân từ), S + would + have + 𝐏𝐈𝐈

•

– Trong câu điều kiện loại III, động từ của mệnh đề điều kiện chia ở quá khứ phân từ, còn động từ của mệnh đề chính chia ở điều kiện hoàn thành (perfect conditional). Ví dụ: •

If he had come to see me yesterday, I would have taken him to the movies. (Nếu hôm qua nó đến thăm tôi thì tôi đã đưa nó đi xem phim rồi.) If I hadn’t been absent yesterday, I would have met him. (Nếu hôm qua tôi không vắng mặt thì tôi đã gặp mặt anh ta rồi.)

NÂNG CAO: 1. Câu Điều Kiện Diễn Tả Thói Quen Hoặc Một Sự Thật Hiển Nhiên ( Loại 0) Câu điều kiện này diễn tả một thói quen, một hành động thường xuyên xảy ra nếu điều kiện được đáp ứng, hoặc diễn tả một sự thật hiển nhiên, một kết quả tất yếu xảy ra.

Cấu trúc: If + S + V (hiện tại), S + V (hiện tại) • Tất cả động từ trong câu (mệnh đề chính và mệnh đề điều kiện) đều được chia ở thì hiện tại

• Nếu diễn tả thói quen, trong mệnh đề chính thường xuất hiện thêm: often, usually, or always.

đơn.

13

Ví dụ:

English grammar grade 9

9th grade synthesized English grammar

o I often drink milk if I do not sleep at night. (Tôi thường uống sữa nếu như tôi thức trắng

o I usually walk to school if I have enough time. (Tôi thường đi bộ đến trường nếu tôi có thời

đêm.)

o If you heat ice, it turns to water. (Nếu bạn làm nóng nước đá, nó sẽ chảy ra.) o If we are cold, we shiver. (Nếu bị lạnh, chúng ta sẽ run lên.)

gian.)

•

3. Đảo ngữ của câu điều kiện Đảo ngữ câu điều kiện loại 1: Should + S + Vo, S + Will +Vo

If he has free time, he’ll play tennis. => Should he have free time, he’ll play tennis

•

Đảo ngữ câu điều kiện loại 2: Were + S + to + Vo, S + Would + Vo

If I learnt Russian, I would read a Russian book. => Were I to learn Russian, I would read a Russian book

•

Đảo ngữ câu điều kiện loại 3: Had + S + V3/Ved, S + Would have + V3/Ved

If he had trained hard, he would have won the match. => Had he trained hard, he would have won the match.

• Unless we start at once, we will be late.

4. If …not = Unless. – Unless cũng thường được dùng trong câu điều kiện – lúc đó Unless = If …not. Ví dụ:

= If we don’t start at once we will be late.

11. would have/ hadn't spent (ĐK hỗn hợp)

10. would be 15. had bought/ wouldn't have lost

14

Bài 1: Cho dạng đúng của động từ trong ngoặc: 1. If I see him, I ________ (give ) him a gift. 2. If I had a typewriter, I ________ (type) it myself. 3. If I had known that you were in hospital, I ________ (visit) you. 4. You could make better progress if you ________ (attend) class regularly. 5. If I ________ (know) his telephone number, I’d give it to you. 6. If you ________ (arrive) ten minutes earlier, you would have got a seat. 7. If he worked more slowly, he ________ (not make) so many mistakes. 8. I shouldn’t drink that wine if I ________ (be) you. 9. If I ________ (find) a cheap room, I will stay a fortnight. 10. A lot of people ________ (be) out of work if the factory closed down. 11. I (have) ________ plenty of money now if I (not/spend) ________ so much yesterday. 12. If someone (give) ________you a boat, what you (do) ________? 13. If you________ (press) CTRL + S, you________ (save) the file. 14. The children________ (be) happy if he. ________ (teach) them English. 15. If she________ (buy) a new hard disk, she________ (not/ lose) all data. Đáp án: 1. will give 6. had arrived 2. would not type 7. wouldn't make 12. gives/ what will you do 3. would have visited 8. were 13. press/ save (hoặc will save) 4. attended 9. find 14. would be/ taught 5. knew Bài 2: Viết lại các câu sau sang dạng câu điều kiện thích hợp. 1. Keep silent or you’ll wake the baby up. → If you don't keep silent, you will wake the baby up. 2. Stop talking or you won’t understand the lesson. → If…………………………………….....….…………………………………………………………. 3. I don’t know her number, so I don’t ring her up.

English grammar grade 9

9th grade synthesized English grammar

C. wouldn't be B. hadn't been D. wasn't

C. wouldn’t be D. would be

C. had been asked B. would ask D. asked

B. she had done C. she does D. she did

B. have stolen C. were to steal D. steal

B. would be/ didn't lie D. would be/ hadn't lied

C. had invested D. invests

C. hadn't advised D. didn't advise

C. is climbing D. climbed

15

→If…………………………………….....….…………………………………………………………. 4. I don’t know the answer, so I can’t tell you. → If…………………………………….....….…………………………………………………………. 5. We got lost because we didn’t have a map. → If…………………………………….....….…………………………………………………………. 6. Susan felt sick because she ate four cream cakes. →…………………………………….....….……………………………………………………………. 7. Without this treatment, the patient would have died. →…………………………………….....….……………………………………………………………. 8. He lost his job because he was late every day. →…………………………………….....….……………………………………………………………. 9. Peter is fat because he eats so many chips. →…………………………………….....….……………………………………………………………. 10. Robert got a bad cough because he started smoking cigarettes. →…………………………………….....….……………………………………………….. Đáp án tham khảo (ngoài ra còn nhiều cách viết sử dụng từ ngữ khác nhau, nhưng nghĩa là không thay đổi) 2. If you keep talking, you won't understand the lesson. 3. If I know her number, I will ring her up. 4. If I know the answer, I will tell you. 5. If we had had a map, we wouldn't have got lost. 6. If Susan hadn't eaten four cream cakes, she wouldn't have felt sick. 7. If we hadn't had this treatment, the patient would have died. 8. If he hadn't been late every day, he wouldn't have lost his job. 9. If Peter ate less chips, he wouldn't be fat. 10. If Robert hadn't started smoking cigarettes, he wouldn't have got a bad cough. Bài 3: Chọn đáp án đúng. 1. I would have visited you before if there _____ quite a lot of people in your house. A. hadn't 2. If you had caught the bus, you _____ late for work. A. wouldn't have been B. would have been 3. If I _____, I would express my feelings. A. were asked 4. If _____ as I told her, she would have succeeded. A. she has done 5. Will you be angry if I _____ your pocket dictionary? A. stole 6. You made a mistake by telling her a lie. It _____ better if you _____ to her. A. would have been/ hadn't lied C. will be/ don't lie 7. John would be taking a great risk if he _____ his money in that business. A. would invest B. invested 8. She wouldn't have given them all that money if we _____ her to. A. wouldn’t advise B. won't advise 9. If the tree hadn't been so high, he _____ it up to take his kite down. A. could have climbed B. climb 10. If the wall weren't so high, he _____ it up to take his ball down.

English grammar grade 9

9th grade synthesized English grammar

D. climb C. is climbing B. could climb

B. knew/ would have phoned D. knew/ could phone

C. had told D. would tell B. told

B. would have happened D. happen

B. realized/ could have stopped D. had realized/ would have stopped

D. stopped C. will stop

B. go/ give D. went/ would give

B. were/ would answer D.had been/ would have answered

B. had been C. have been D. would be

B. had not received/ might not have sailed D. would not receive/ might not sail

D. wins/will be

B. had done/would have got D. does/will get

C. would have had B. may have D. would have

B. rained D. was raining

B. had listened/would have be D. A & B

16

A. climbed 11. If I _____ her phone number, I _____ her last night A. had known/ could have phoned C. know/ can phone 12. If he ______ the truth, the police wouldn’t arrest him. A. tells 13. If you press that button what _____? A. would happen C. will happen 14. She says if she _____ that the traffic lights were red she _____. A. had realized/ would stop C. has realized/ stopped 15. I am very thin. I think, if I _____ smoking, I might get fat. A. stop B. had stopped 16. If I _____ that yesterday, I _____ them. C. had discovered/ would have informed A. had discovered/ would inform D. had discovered/ could inform C. discovered/ can inform 17. If you _______ to the course regularly, they ________ a certificate last year. A. go/ gave C. had gone/ would have given 18. I think he is not at home. If he _____ in, he ______ the phone. A. was/ answered C. were/ would have answered 19. If I ______ in London now, I could visit British Museum. A. were 20. If Columbus _______ money from Queen Isabella, he _______ across the Atlantic. A. do not receive/ could not sail C. did not receive/ might not have sailed Đáp án: 1. B 6. A 11. A 16. B 2. A 7. B 12. B 17. C 3. A 8. C 13. C 18. B 4. B 9. A 14. D 19. A 5. D 10. B 15. A 20. B Bài 4: Chọn đáp án đúng 1. If she …………… the lottery last year, She ………… rich now. C.won/would be A. have won/would be B. had won/would be 2. If I …………… the homework last night, I…………… bonus today. A. had done/would get C. done/would get 3. If we had played this game yesterday, we…………… a lot of money now. A. will have 4. If it ……………… last night, it would be cold today. C. have rained A. had rained 5. If she …………… to me, she ……………… in trouble right now. A. had listened/would be C. had listened/would not be 6. If it had rained one hour ago, the streets ………… wet now.

English grammar grade 9

9th grade synthesized English grammar

C. be B. will be D. would be

B. goes C. had gone D. A & B

D. A&C

C. plays D. could play.

B. would C. could D. B&C

7. C 8. D 9. D 10. D A. would have be 7. If I ………………. to the beach yesterday, I would be tired today. A. have gone 8. If they had gone to school yesterday, they ……….. to the museum now A. would go C. could go B. will go 9. If he had done exercise last night, he ……… soccer right now. A. will play B. can play 10. If Nina had not gone out last week, she ……………… die now. A. will Đáp án: 1. B 2. A 3. D 4. A 5. A 6. D

6. comes 7. leave 8. would not have bought -hoặc- wouldn't

have bought

Bài 5: Điền vào chỗ trống 1. If you take my advice, you ........................ (be) happy. 2. What would you do if you ........................ (be) me? 3. If you ........................ (lend) me some books I will give them back in two weeks. 4. I ........................ (send) her a letter if I had found her address. 5. She ........................ (not/steal) the bread if she hadn't been hungry. 6. If she ........................ (come) here I will tell her about the film. 7. I will be unhappy if you ........................ (leave) me. 8. If you hadn't been so crazy you ........................ (not/buy) this expensive house. 9. If the sun ........................ (shine) I will go to the beach. 10. If I ........................ (win) the lottery I would leave my country. Đáp án: 1. will be 2. were 3. lend 4. would have sent 5. would not have stolen / wouldn't have

9. shines 10. Won stolen

17

Bài 6: Điền vào chỗ trống 1. ............ we ............ (have) enough time if we wanted to see the castle? 2. In case you ............ (buy) a car, will you teach me to drive? 3. If I............ (not be) in a hurry, I wouldn't have made so many mistakes. 4. She won't finish it on time if she ............ (not start) right now. 5. She ............ (get angry) if you had told her. 6. On condition that they ............(support) our product, they would get a discount. 7. Even if I ............(ask) him, he won't come. 8. Had I driven slowly, I ............(not crash) 9. It will be a disaster unless they ............ (help) us. 10. If you ............ (have) something to eat, you wouldn't have felt sick. 11. I wouldn't risk it if I ............ (be) you. 12. She would get fat if she ............ (not stop) eating. Đáp án: 1. Would; have 2. buy 3. had not been 4. does not start 5. would have got 6. supported 7. ask 8. would not have crashed 9. help

English grammar grade 9

9th grade synthesized English grammar

10. had had 11. were 12. did not stop

S + Wish(es/ed), S + would/ could/ have to + Vinf… S + wish(es/ed) , S + tobe / Vpast + … S + wish(es/ed), S + had (not) + PII…

11. could go 12. were 13. wrote 14. could 15. had bought 16. had studied 17. would go 18. would stop 19. were 20. would lend

III. Câu ước (wish) CẤU TRÚC WISH Type 1: Câu ước ở tương lai Type 2: Câu ước trái ngược với hiện tại: Type 3: Câu ước trái ngược với quá khứ I. Put the verbs in brackets into correct tenses: 1. I wish I (go)……………………………. to the movie with you. 2. I wish I (have)……………………………………… day off. 3. I wish I (study)…………………………… Latin instead of Greek. 4. I wish I (not/ spend)………………………………. so much money. 5. I wish the weather (be) …………..…………….warm, so we could go swimming. 6. I wish I (ask)…………………………….………. him how to get there. 7. I wish I (not stay)………….……………….. at home. 8. I wish I (not/ buy) …………….……………..that book. 9. I wish I (not/ see) ……………….…………….him. 10. I wish I (not/ call)……………….………………. him a liar. 11. I don’t have time to go to “High Quality Good Fair “. I wish I (go) ………there. 12. The weather is very hot. I wish it (be) ………………………… cooler. 13. We seldom write to her. I wish we (write) ………………… to her more often. 14. John doesn’t know how to swim. He wishes he (can) ………………..…… swim. 15. John doesn’t buy the book. She wishes she (buy) ……………………..… it. 16. Mai doesn’t pass the exam. She wishes she (study) ……………..…… harder. 17. We will not go to Ha Long Bay next week. I wish we (go) …………… there. 18. It is raining now. I wish it (stop) ……………………… raining soon. 19. My parents are not in now. I wish they (be) ……….……at home with us now. 20. I know Nam will not lend me his car. I wish he (lend). ……………… it to me. Đáp án 1. could go 2. had 3. studied 4. hadn't spent 5. were 6. had asked 7. wouldn't stay 8. hadn't bought 9. hadn't seen 10. hadn't called II. Rewrite the following sentences, using “Wish”

1. I don’t know more people.

 I wish ...........................................................................................................................

2. I don’t have a key.

 I wish ...........................................................................................................................

18

3. Ann isn’t here.

English grammar grade 9

9th grade synthesized English grammar

I wish ............................................................................................................................

4. It is cold.

 I wish ...........................................................................................................................

5. I live in a big city (I don’t like it).

 I wish ...........................................................................................................................

6. I can’t go to the party (and I like it).

 I wish ...........................................................................................................................

7. I have to work tomorrow (I like to stay in bed).

 I wish ...........................................................................................................................

8. I don’t get good marks.

 I wish ...........................................................................................................................

9. I’m not lying on a beautiful sunny beach.

 I wish ...........................................................................................................................

10. Hoa and Ba won’t go fishing this weekend.

They wish .....................................................................................................................

Đáp án

7. I wish I could stay in bed tomorrow. 8. I wish I had good marks. 9. I wish I was lying on a beautiful sunny beach. 10. They wish Hoa ad Ba would go fishing this weekend.

19

1. I wish I knew more people. 2. I wish I had a key. 3. I wish Ann were here. 4. I wish it weren't cold. 5. I wish I lived in the countryside. 6. I wish I didn't have to go to the party, III. Rewrite the following sentences, using "Wish" 1. I don’t have a car. __________________________________________________ 2. I can’t play the piano. __________________________________________________ 3. I’m at work. __________________________________________________ 4. It’s winter. __________________________________________________ 5. I’m ill. __________________________________________________ 6. I don’t have new shoes. __________________________________________________ 7. I can’t afford to go on holiday. __________________________________________________ 8. I don’t have time to read lots of books. __________________________________________________ 9. I can’t drive. __________________________________________________ 10. My laptop is broken.

English grammar grade 9

9th grade synthesized English grammar

6. I wish (that) I had new shoes. 7. I wish (that) I could afford to go on holiday. 8. I wish (that) I had time to read lots of books. 9. I wish (that) I could drive. 10. I wish (that) my laptop weren’t broken.

__________________________________________________ Đáp án: 1. I wish (that) I had a car. 2. I wish (that) I could play the piano. 3. I wish (that) I weren’t at work. 4. I wish (that) it weren’t winter. 5. I wish (that) I weren’t ill. IV. Passive Voice (Câu Bị Động) 1. Giới thiệu chung câu bị động Câu bị động là loại câu được sử dụng khi chúng ta muốn nhấn mạnh vào bản thân một hành động, chủ thể thực hiện hành động hay tác nhân gây ra hành động đó không quá quan trọng. Cấu trúc

S1 S2 O PII

V Câu chủ động TO BE Câu bị động Khi chuyển từ câu chủ động sang câu bị động, chú ý những điểm sau:

1. Tân ngữ trong câu chủ động (O) => chủ ngữ trong câu bị động (S2) 2. Động từ trong câu bị động luôn ở dạng: TO BE + PII (TO BE chia theo chủ ngữ mới của câu bị

động cho hợp ngôi/thời)

3. Chủ ngữ trong câu chủ động => đưa ra phía sau động từ và thêm 'by' phía trước (hoặc có thể lược

S1 V O

S2 be V (PII)

bỏ) Ví dụ: - They planted a tree in the garden. (Họ đã trồng một cái cây ở trong vườn.) => A tree was planted in the garden (by them). (Một cái cây được trồng ở trong vườn (bởi họ).) Lưu ý: - Nếu S trong câu chủ động là: they, people, everyone, someone, anyone, etc => được bỏ đi trong câu bị động

Ví dụ:

- Someone stole my motorbike last night. (Ai đó lấy trộm xe máy của tôi đêm qua.) => My motorbike was stolen last night. (Xe máy của tôi đã bị lấy trộm đêm qua.)

- Nếu là người hoặc vật trực tiếp gây ra hành động thì dùng 'by', nhưng gián tiếp gây ra hành động thì dùng 'with' Ví dụ:

- The bird was shot by the hunter. (Con chim bị bắn bởi người thợ săn.) - The bird was shot with a gun. (Con chim bị bắn bởi một khẩu súng)

2. Bảng chia câu chủ động sang câu bị động ở các thì Thì Chủ động Bị động

20

Hiện tại đơn Hiện tại tiếp diễn Hiện tại hoàn thành Quá khứ đơn Quá khứ tiếp diễn Quá khứ hoàn thành Tương lai đơn S + V(s/es) + O S + am/is/are + V-ing + O S + have/has + P2 + O S + V(ed/Ps) + O S + was/were + V-ing + O S + had + P2 + O S + will + V-infi + O S + am/is/are + P2 S + am/is/are + being + P2 S + have/has + been + P2 S + was/were + P2 S + was/were + being + P2 S + had + been + P2 S + will + be + P2

English grammar grade 9

9th grade synthesized English grammar

Tương lai hoàn thành Tương lai gần Động từ khuyết thiếu S + will + have + P2 + O S + am/is/are going to + V-infi + O S + ĐTKT + V-infi + O S + will + have + been + P2 S + am/is/are going to + be + P2 S + ĐTKT + be + P2

3. Bị động ở dạng câu hỏi 3.1. Câu hỏi Yes/No B1: Chuyển từ câu hỏi sang câu khẳng định Did Mary take my purse? (Có phải Mary đã lấy cái ví của tôi không?) Mary took my purse. (Mary đã lấy cái ví của tôi.) B2: Chuyển câu khẳng định trên sang câu bị động My purse was taken by Mary. (Cái ví của tôi đã bị lấy bởi Mary.) B3: Chuyển câu bị động trên về dạng nghi vấn bằng cách chuyển trợ động từ lên trước chủ ngữ. Was my purse taken by Mary? (Có phải cái ví của tôi đã bị lấy bởi Mary không?) Ví dụ: Is Mary going to take my purse? (Mary sẽ lấy cái ví của tôi chứ?) Mary is going to take my purse. (Mary sẽ lấy cái ví của tôi.) My purse is going to be taken by Mary. (Cái ví của tôi sẽ được lấy bởi Mary.) Is my purse going to be taken by Mary? (Có phải cái ví của tôi sẽ được lấy bởi Mary?) 3.2. Câu hỏi có từ để hỏi Wh-question B1. Chuyển từ câu hỏi sang câu khẳng định What did Mary take? (Mary lấy cái gì thế?) Mary took what. (Mary lấy cái gì.)

B2. Chuyển câu khẳng định trên sang bị động What was taken by Mary. (Cái gì được lấy bởi Mary.) B3. Chuyển câu bị động thành câu hỏi, lúc này giữ nguyên vị trí vì What đã là chủ ngữ trong câu What was taken by Mary? (Cái gì được lấy bởi Mary?) Ví dụ: Who took Mary to school? (Ai đã đưa Mary đến trường?) Mary was taken to school by who. (Mary được đưa đến trường bởi ai.) Who was Mary taken to school by?/ By whom was Mary taken to school? (Mary được ai đưa đến

O1 O2

trường?) 4. Các dạng đặc biệt của câu bị động 4.1. Bị động với những động từ có 2 tân ngữ Một số đông từ được theo sau nó bởi hai tân ngữ như: give (đưa), lend (cho mượn), send (gửi), show (chỉ), buy(mua), make (làm), get (cho), … thì ta sẽ có 2 câu bị động. Ví dụ: I gave him an apple. (Tôi đã cho anh ấy một quả táo.) An apple was given to him. (Một quả táo đã được trao cho anh ta.) He was given an apple by me. (Anh ta đã được tôi trao cho một quả táo) + Lưu ý: Khi dùng câu bị động loại này, ta phải thêm giới từ ‘to’ hoặc ‘for’ trước tân ngữ chỉ người - Dùng ‘to’ khi các động từ là: give, lend, send, show, …. Ví dụ: John will give me this book. (John sẽ đưa tôi cuốn sách này.) This book will be given to me by John. (Cuốn sách này sẽ được đưa cho tôi bởi John.) - Dùng ‘for’ khi các động từ là: buy, make, get, ….. Ví dụ: He bought her a rose. (Anh ấy mua cho cô ấy một bông hoa hồng.)

A rose was bought for her. (Một bông hoa hồng sẽ được mua cho cô ấy.)

21

4.2. Bị động với các động từ chỉ quan điểm, ý kiến

English grammar grade 9

9th grade synthesized English grammar

Một số động từ chỉ quan điểm ý kiến thông

dụnglà: think/say/suppose/believe/consider/report…(nghĩ rằng/nói rằng/cho rằng/tin rằng/xem xét rằng/thông báo rằng….) Cấu trúc

Chủ động

Bị động

S1 + think/believe... + that + S2 + V2 It is thought/believed …. + that + S2 + V2 S2 + to be + thought/believed + to V2 (1) to have PII (của V2) (2) be + V-ing (của V2) (3)

Chú thích:

(1) Khi V2 trong câu chủ động ở hiện tại đơn hoặc tương lai đơn

Ví dụ:

People believe that 13 is an unlucky number. (Mọi người tin rằng 13 là con số không may mắn.) It is believed that 13 is an unlucky number. 13 is believed to be an unlucky number. (13 được tin là một con số không may mắn.)

(2) Khi V2 trong câu chủ động ở hiện tại hoàn thành, quá khứ đơn hoặc quá khứ hoàn thành

Ví dụ:

People think he stole his mother’s money. (Mọi người nghĩ anh ta lấy cắp tiền của mẹ anh ta.) It is thought that he stole his mother’s money. He is thought to have stolen his mother’s money. (Anh ta được nghĩ rằng đã lấy cắp tiền của mẹ anh ta.)

(3) Khi V2 trong câu chủ động ở hiện tại tiếp diễn, quá khứ tiếp diễn

Ví dụ:

Everybody thinks that he is living in the US now. (Mọi người nghĩ rằng hiện giờ anh ta đang sống ở Mỹ.) It is thought that he is living in the US now. He is thought to be living in the US now. (Anh ta được cho là hiện đang sống ở Mỹ.)

4.3. Câu mệnh lệnh ở bị động Cấu trúc

Chủ động

Bị động V + O Let + O + be + PII S + should/must + be + PII

Ví dụ: - Clean the house! (Dọn nhà đi)

= Let the house be cleaned. (Ngôi nhà này nên được dọn dẹp.) = The house should be cleaned. (Ngôi nhà này nên được dọn dẹp.) - Don’t throw books away! (Đừng có vứt sách đi!) Let not books be thrown away. (Sách không được phép vứt đi.) = Don't let books be thrown away. (Đừng để sách bị vứt đi.) = Books mustn’t be thrown away. (Sách không được phép vứt đi.

4.4. Bị động với các động từ ‘have/get’ Cấu trúc

Chủ động

22

Bị động Have + Sb + V+ St Get + Sb + to V + St Have/Get + St + PII

English grammar grade 9

9th grade synthesized English grammar

Chú thích: Sb là dạng viết tắt của ‘somebody’ nghĩa là ‘ai đó’; St là dạng viết tắt của ‘something’ nghĩa là ‘cái gì đó’. Trong cấu trúc trên có thể hiểu ‘have sb V st’ hoặc ‘get sb to V st’ là ‘bảo/nhờ ai đó làm gì’ Ví dụ: - She has me write this letter. (Cô ấy nhờ tôi viết lá thư này.) She has this letter written by me. (Lá thư này được cô ấy nhờ tôi viết.) - My father gets me to read this newspaper. (Bố tôi nhờ tôi đọc tờ báo này.) My father gets newspaper read by me. (Tờ báo này được bố tôi nhờ tôi đọc.) 4.5. Bị động với các động từ chỉ giác quan Các động từ giác quan là các động từ chỉ nhận thức của con người như: see (nhìn), hear (nghe), watch (xem), look (nhìn), notice (nhận thấy), …. Trong những cấu trúc sau đây, những động từ này được gọi là gọi ‘Vp’ 4.5.1. Cấu trúc: S + Vp + Sb + Ving. (nhìn/xem/nghe… ai đó đang làm gì) Ai đó chứng kiến người khác làm gì và chỉ thấy 1 phần của hành động hoặc 1 hành động đang diễn ra bị 1 hành động khác xen vào.

Chủ động Bị động S + Vp + Sb + V-ing S(sb) + to be + PII (of Vp) + V-ing

Ví dụ:

S + Vp + Sb + V S(sb) + to be + PII (of Vp) + to + V

- He watched them playing football. (Anh ta nhìn thấy họ đang đá bóng.) They were watched playing football. (Họ được nhìn thấy đang đá bóng.) 4.5.2. Cấu trúc : S + Vp + Sb + V. (nhìn/xem/nghe ai đó làm gì) Ai đó chứng kiến người khác làm gì từ đầu đến cuối. Chủ động Bị động Ví dụ: I heard her cry. (Tôi nghe thấy cô ấy khóc.) She was heard to cry. (Cô ấy được nghe thấy là đã khóc.) 4.6. Bị động với cấu trúc câu ‘It’s one’s duty to V’ Cấu trúc

Chủ động

Bị động It’s one’s duty + to + V (nhiệm vụ của ai để làm gì) S + to be + supposed + to + V

Ví dụ: - It is your duty to make tea. (Nhiệm vụ của bạn là pha trà.) You are supposed to make tea. (Nhiệm vụ của bạn là pha trà.) - It was their duty to study Chinese. (Nhiệm vụ của họ là học tiếng Trung.) They were supposed to study Chinese. (Nhiệm vụ của họ là học tiếng Trung.) 4.7. Bị động với cấu trúc câu ‘It’s impossible to V’ Cấu trúc

Chủ động

Bị động It’s impossible + to + V + St (Không thể làm gì) S + can’t + be + PII

Ví dụ: - It is impossible to turn on the TV. (Nó thật là không thể để bật cái ti vi này lên.)

The TV can’t be turned on. (Cái ti vi không thể bật lên được.)

4.8. Bị động với cấu trúc câu ‘It’s necessary to V’ Cấu trúc

Chủ động

23

Bị động It is necessary + to + V st (Cần thiết để làm gì) S + should/must + be + PII

English grammar grade 9

9th grade synthesized English grammar

Ví dụ: - It is necessary to finish this project on time. (Nó rất cần thiết để hoàn thành cái dự án này đúng giờ.) This project should/must be finished on time. (Cái dự án này nên được/phải được hoàn thành đúng thời hạn.) 4.9. Bị động với động từ ‘need’ (cần) Cấu trúc

Chủ động Bị động Need + to + V Need + V-ing/ to be + PII

Ví dụ:

- This exercise needs to be done/ doing. (Bài tập này cần được hoàn thành.) - Your hair needs to be cut/ cutting. (Tóc của bạn cần được cắt.)

24

EXERCISE 1: CHUYỂN CÁC CÂU SAU SANG BỊ ĐỘNG. 1.My father waters this flower every morning. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 2.John invited Fiona to his birthday party last night. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 3.Her mother is preparing the dinner in the kitchen. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 4.We should clean our teeth twice a day. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 5.Our teachers have explained the English grammar. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 6.Some drunk drivers caused the accident in this city. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 7.Tom will visit his parents next month. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 8.The manager didn’t phone the secretary this morning. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 9.Did Mary this beautiful dress? 10. I won’t hang these old →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 10. Pictures in the living room 11.The German didn’t build this factory during the Second World War. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 12.The Greens are going to paint this house and these cars for Christmas Day. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 13.Ann had fed the cats before she went to the cinema. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 14.The students have discussed the pollution problems since last week. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 15.Have the thieves stolen the most valuable painting in the national museum? →………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 16.Some people will interview the new president on TV. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 17.How many languages do they speak in Canada? →………………………………………………………………………………………………………

English grammar grade 9

9th grade synthesized English grammar

18.Are you going to repair those shoes? →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 19.He has broken his nose in a football match. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 20.Have you finished the above sentences? →………………………………………………………………………………………………………

THỂ BỊ ĐỘNG CÁC MẪU CÂU CƠ BẢN

25

EXERCISE 2:CHUYỂN CÁC CÂU SAU SANG BỊ ĐỘNG. 1.The waiter brings me this dish. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 2.Our friends send these postcards to us. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 3.Their grandmother told them this story when they visited her last week. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 4.Tim ordered this train ticket for his mother. 5.You didn’t show me the special camaras. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 6.She showed her ticket to the airline agent. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 7.He lends his friend his new shoes. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 8.She left her relatives five million pounds. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 9.The shop assistant handed these boxes to the customer. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 10.The board awarded the first prize to the reporter. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 11.Have you sent the Christmas cards to your family? →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 12.The committee appointed Alice secretary for the meeting. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 13.He hides the broken cup in the drawer. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 14.They keep this room tidy all the time. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 15.They all voted the party a great success. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 16.We gave Ann some bananas and some flowers. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 17.They moved the fridge into the living room. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 18.She bought some cups of tea to the visitors in the next room. →………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 19.They find the new project worthless. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 20.The secretary didn’t take the note to the manager. →………………………………………………………………………………………………………

English grammar grade 9

9th grade synthesized English grammar

26

EXERCISE 3:CHUYỂN CÁC CÂU SAU SANG BỊ ĐỘNG. 1.They told me that you were the best architect in this city. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 2.She reported that the flowers were killed by frost. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 3.Some people inform me that the director is going to take a business trip to England. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 4.That officer announced that the meeting was delayed until next week. →………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 5.He discovered that this cotton was grown in Egypt. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 6.They promise that the performance will start on time. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 7.He recommends that we should stay at the city center. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 8.We believed that Alice would pass the driving test. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 9.The director notifies all the workers that they will have to work extra hard this month. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 10.They have persuaded me that they will go with me to the stadium. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 11.They have decided that the company will go to the beach together at the weekend. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 12.People think that Maradona is the best football player in the 20th century. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 13.They find that the job is not suitable for a girl like her. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 14.The teacher explained that this powerful engine pulled the train. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 15.He told me that his football team had played well last season. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… EXERCISE 4: CHUYỂN CÁC CÂU SAU SANG BỊ ĐỘNG. 1.I had my nephew paint the gate last week. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 2.She will have Peter wash her car tomorrow. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 3.They have her tell the story again. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 4.John gets his sister to clean his shirt. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 5.Anne had had a friend type her composition. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 6.Rick will have a barber cut his hair. →………………………………………………………………………………………………………

English grammar grade 9

9th grade synthesized English grammar

27

7.I will get the dressmaker to make a new dress. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 8.He had a mechanic repair his car. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 9.She often gets the technician to maintain the heater. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 10.They had the police arrest the shoplifter. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 11. Are you going to have the shoemaker repair your shoes? →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 12. I must have the dentist check my teeth. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 13.She will have a veterinary surgeon examine her dog. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 14.We had a man take this photograph when we were on holiday last summer. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 15.The Greens had a carpet cleaner clean their carpet. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… EXERCISE 5: CHUYỂN CÁC CÂU SAU SANG CÂU BỊ ĐỘNG 1. Tam learns English everyday. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 2. Mr.Pike bought a new car yesterday. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 3. Tam is reading a book now. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 4. They can't make tea with cold water. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 5. The chief engineer was instructing all the workers of the plant. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 6. Somebody has taken some of my book away. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 7. They will hold the meeting before the may day. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 8. They have to repair the engine of the car →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 9. The boys broke the window and took away some pictures. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 10. People spend a lot of money on advertising everyday. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 11. They may use this room for the classroom. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 12. The teacher is going to tell the story. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 13. Mary is cutting the cake with a sharp knife. →………………………………………………………………………………………………………

English grammar grade 9

9th grade synthesized English grammar

28

14. They have provided the victims with food and clothing. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 15. You mustn't use this machine after 5.30pm. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 16. They told the new students where to sit. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 17. John used to visit Mr.Cole at weekends. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 18. She ought to do all the housework. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 19. My mother had written the letter before 1985. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 20. I'm cleaning my room. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 21. They should phone her before the meeting. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 22. My mother was making a cake when I came home. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 23. Someone has stolen his car. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 24. Police were questioning Tom. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 25. He opens the mails every morning. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 26. They are building a new school in this town. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 27. The fire has destroyed many houses. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 28. We finished the job by 10 o' clock. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 29. They close the museum on Monday. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 30. The police stopped us on our way to school. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 31. People speak English all over the world. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 32. They will build a new school next year. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 33. John will deliver the letter. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 34. He must do it right now. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 35. You should finish the report now. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 36. We shall discuss the matter in the afternoon. →………………………………………………………………………………………………………

English grammar grade 9

9th grade synthesized English grammar

A B C D

A B C D

A B C D

A B C D

A B C D

B. are being cleaned D. would be cleaned

B. have been operated D. All are wrong.

C. should be finds D. must be found B. might be find

29

37. People must not leave bicycle in the hall. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 38. Parents should give children a lot of love. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 39. Mr.Brown will fly a plane easily. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 40. They made him work all day. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 41. You needn't do all the homework. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 42. He had to finish his work on time. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 43. He used to borrow my pen. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 44. Somebody has taken my briefcase. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 45. Mr.Brian saw the accident. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 46. The mad dog bit the little boy. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… EXERCISE 6. Find the mistake in these sentences and fix the mistake. 1. Five suspects have be arrested by the police. 2. He was ordered by the doctor to take an long rest. 3. A dancing class was start last week. A B C D 4. He were found in the forest by the police. 5. A car is going to been bought tomorrow. A B C D 6. These drugs are be destroyed by police. 7. I'm from Russia and my family born there. EXERCISE 7. Circle the best answer. 1. My room _________________________ in the house by her now. A. is being cleaned C. will be cleaned 2. Tom ___________________________ by Mary since 10 o'clock. A. has operated C. has been operated 3. Someone __________________ to take his place. A. must be find 4. 20 demonstrators ________________________ by the police. A. was arrested B. were arrested C. was arresting D. A & B

English grammar grade 9

9th grade synthesized English grammar

C. A & B B. bought D. was bought

B. is destroyed C. are destroyed D. were destroyed

D. B & C B. was being watched C. is being watched

B. is painted C. was painted D. All are wrong.

B. is taken / is cleaned / is checked D. is taken / is cleaned / checked

D. is built B. are built C. was built

B. should cleaned C. might been cleaned D. No answer is right

D. B & C B. was designed C. were designed

C. should continue B. would continued D. must continues

D. was thrown B. were thrown C. is thrown

30

5. That book ______________________ by Tom yesterday. A. were bought 6. Much of the city ______________________ by fire in the 17th century. A. was destroyed 7. Work _________________________ by the teacher. A. are being watched 8. My house __________________ red and blue. A. are painted 9. The grain _________________ to the factory, where it _______________ and ____________________. A. are taken / cleaned / is checked C. was taken / was cleaned / was checked 10. Jag Niwas _______________________ by Prince Maharana Jagat Singh II. A. were built 11. The wall _______________________ before you paint it. A. must be cleaned 12. The Garden of Clear Ripples ___________________ by The Qing Emperor Quinlong in the middle of the 16th century. A. designed 13. This computer _________________________ to use A. will be continued 14. A lot of food _____________________ these days. A. are thrown ANSWER KEY EXERCISE 1 1.This flower is watered (by my father) every morning. 2.Fiona was invented to John’s birthday party last night. 3.The dinner is being prepared (by her mother) in the kitchen. 4.Our teeth should be cleaned twice a day. 5.The English grammar has been explained (by our teacher). 6.The accident was caused in this city (by some drunk drivers). 7.Tom’s parents will be visited (by him) next month. 8.The secretary wasn’t phoned (by the manager) this morning. 9.Was this beautiful dress bought by Mary? 10.These old pictures won’t be hung in the living room(by me). 11.This factory wasn’t built (by the Greens) during the Second World War. 12.This house and these cars are going to be painted for Christmas day by the Greens. 13.The cats had been fed (by Ann) before she went to the cinema. 14.The pollution problems have been discussed (by the students) since last week. 15.Has the most valuable painting in the national museum been stolen (by the thieves). 16.The new president will be interviewed on TV (by some people). 17.How many languages are spoken in Canada(by them)? 18.Are those shoes going to be repaired ? 19.His nose has been broken in a football match(by him). 20.Have above sentences been finished ?

English grammar grade 9

9th grade synthesized English grammar

31

EXERCISE 2. 1.This dish is brought to me (by the waiter). 2.These postcards are sent to us(by our friend). 3.This story was told to them(by their grandmother) when they visited her last week. 4.This train ticket was ordered for Tim’s mother. 5.The special cameras weren’t showed to me. 6.Her ticket was showed to the airline agent(by her). 7.His new shoes are lent to his friends(by him). 8.Five million pounds was left to her relatives (by her). 9.These boxes were handed to the customer (by the shop assistant). 10.The first prize was awarded to the reporter (by the board). 11.Have the Christmas cards been sent to your family? 12.Alice was appointed secretary for the meeting(by the committee). 13.The broken cup is hidden in the drawer (by him). 14.This room is kept tidy (by them) all the time. 15.The party was voted a great success(by them). 16.Ann was given some bananas and some flowers(by us). 17.The fridge was moved into the living room(by them). 18.Some cups of tea were brought to the visitors in the next room (by her). 19.The new project is found worthless. 20.The note wasn’t taken to the manager(by the secretary). EXERCISE 3 1.I was told that you were the architect in this city. 2.It was reported that the flowers were killed by frost./ The flowers were reported to be killed by frost. 3.I am informed that the director is going to take a business trip to England. 4.It was announced that the meeting was delayed until next week. 5.It was discovered that this cotton was grown in Egypt. 6.It is promised that the performance will start on time. 7.It is recommended that we should stay at the city center. 8.It was believed that Alice would pass the driving test./ Alice was believed to pass the driving test. 9.All the workers are notified that they will have to work extra hard this month. 10.I have been persuaded that they will go with me to the stadium. 11.It has been decided that the company will go to the beach together at the weekend. 12.It is thought that Maradona is the best football player in the 20th century. / Maradona is thought to be the best football player in the 20th century. 13.It is found that the job is not suitable for a girl like her./ The job is found to be not suitable for a girl like her. 14.It was explained that this powerful engine pulled the train. 15.I was told that his football team had played well last season. EXERCISE 4 1.I had the gate painted last week. 2.She will have her car washed tomorrow. 3.They have the story told again. 4.John gets his shirt cleaned. 5.Anne has had her composition typed. 6.Rick will have his hair cut. 7.I will get a new dress made. 8.He had his car repaired. 9.She often gets the heater maintained.

English grammar grade 9

9th grade synthesized English grammar

32

10.They had the shoplifter arrested. 11.Are you going to have your shoes repaired? 12.I must have my teeth checked. 13.She will have her dog examined. 14.We had this photograph taken when we were on holiday last summer. 15.The Greens had their carpet cleaned. EXERCISE 5 1. English is learned by Tam everyday. 2. A new car was bought by Mr. Pike yesterday. 3. A book is being read by Tam now. 4. Tea can't be made with cold water. 5. All the workers of the plant were instructed by the chef engineer. 6. Some of my books have been taken away. 7. The meeting will be held before the may day. 8. The engine of the car has to be repaired. 9. The window was broken and some pictures were took away by the boys. 10. A lot of money is spent everyday. 11. This room may be used for the classroom. 12. The story is going to be told by the teacher. 13. The cake is being cut with a sharp knife by Mary. 14. The victims have been provided with food and clothing. 15. The machine mustn't be used after 5.30pm. 16. The new student were told where to sit. 17. Mr. Cole used to be visited by John at weekends. 18. All the housework ought to be done. 19.The letter had been written by my mother before 1985. 20. My room is being cleaned. 21. She should be phoned before the meeting. 22. A cake was being made by my mother when I cam home. 23. His car has been stolen. 24. Tom was being questioned by police. 25. The mails are opened every morning. 26. A new school is being built in this town. 27. Many houses have been destroyed by the fire. 28. The job was finished by 10 o' clock. 29. The museum is closed on Monday. 30. We were stopped by the police on our way to school. 31. English is spoken all over the world. 32. A new school will be built next year. 33. The letter will be delivered by John. 34. It must be done right now. 35. The report should be finished right now. 36. The matter will be discussed in the afternoon. 37. Bicycle mustn't be left in the hall. 38. Children should be given a lot of love. 39. A plane will be flown by Mr.Brown easily. 40. He was made work all day. 41. The homework needn't be done

English grammar grade 9

9th grade synthesized English grammar

42. His work had to be finished on time. 43. My pen used to borrowed 44. My briefcase has been taken. 45. The accident was seen by Mr.Brian. 46. The little boy was bitten by the mad dog EXERCISE6. 1 - B (be → been) ; 2 - D (an → a) ; 3 - C (start → started) ; 4 - A (were found → was found) ; 5 - C (been → be) ; 6 - A (are → will) ; 7 - C (born → was born) EXERCISE 7. 1 - A ; 2 - C ; 3 - D ; 4 - B ; 5 - D ; 6 - D ; 7 - C ; 8 - C ; 9 - D ; 10 - C ; 11 - A ; 12 - B ; 13 - A ; 14 - C 80 câu luyện tập về dạng bị động hay

33

I. Chuyển các câu sau sang câu bị động 1. Mary types letters in the office. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 2. His father will help you tomorrow. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 3. Science and technology have completely changed human life. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 4. Peter broke this bottle. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 5. They are learning English in the room. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 6. Nothing can change my mind. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 7. No one had told me about it. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 8. I don't know her telephone number →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 9. My students will bring the children home. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 10. They sent me a present last week. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 11. She gave us more information. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 12. The chief engineer was instructing all the workers of the plan. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 13. They can't make tea with cold water. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 14. Somebody has taken some of my books away. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 15. They will hold the meeting before May Day. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 16. They have to repair the engine of the car. →………………………………………………………………………………………………………

English grammar grade 9

9th grade synthesized English grammar

34

17. The boys broke the window and took away some pictures. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 18. People spend a lot of money on advertising every day. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 19. Teacher is going to tell a story. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 20. Mary is cutting a cake with a sharp knife. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 21. The children looked at the woman with a red hat. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 22. They have provided the victims with food and clothing. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 23. People speak English in almost every corner of the world. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 24. You mustn't use this machine after 5:30 p.m. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 25. After class, one of the students always erases the chalk board. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… II. Chuyển các câu hỏi dạng đảo Có/ Không sang câu bị động 26. Do they teach English here? →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 27. Will you invite her to your wedding party? →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 28. Has Tom finished the work? →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 29. Did the teacher give some exercises? →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 30. Have they changed the window of the laboratory? →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 31. Is she going to write a poem? →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 32. Is she making big cakes for the party? →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 33. Are the police making inquires about the thief? →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 34. Must we finish the test before ten? →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 35. Will buses bring the children home? →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 36. Have you finished your homework? →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… III. Chuyển các câu hỏi bắt đầu bằng từ hỏi "H/ WH" sau sang câu bị động 37. Why didn't they help him? →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 38. How many games has the team played? →………………………………………………………………………………………………………

English grammar grade 9

9th grade synthesized English grammar

35

39. Where do people speak English? →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 40. Who are they keeping in the kitchen? →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 41. How can they open this safe? →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 42. What books are people reading this year? →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 43. How did the police find the lost man? →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 44. Who look after the children for you? →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 45. How long have they waited for the doctor? →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 46. What time can the boys hand in their papers? →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 47. Who lend you this book? →……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 48. How many marks does the teacher give you? →………………………………………………………………………………………………………. IV. Chuyển các câu có 2 tân ngữ sau sang câu bị động 49. They paid me a lot of money to do the job. →………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 50. The teacher gave each of us two exercise books. →………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 51. Someone will tell him that news. →………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 52. They have sent enough money to those poor boys. →………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 53. They have given the women in most countries in the world the right to vote. →………………………………………………………………………………………………………. V. Chuyển các câu với động từ tường thuật sau sang câu bị động 54. They think that he has died a natural death. →………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 55. Some people believe that 13 is an unlucky number. →………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 56. They say that John is the brightest student in class. →………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 57. They reported that the President had suffered a heart attack. →…………………………………………………………………………….………………………… 58. I knew that they had told him of the meeting. →………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 59. They declared that she won the competition. →……………………………………………………………..………………………………………… 60. They rumored the man was still living. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………….

English grammar grade 9

9th grade synthesized English grammar

36

61. People think that Jack London's life and writing's represent the American love of adventure. →………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 62. They reported that the troops were coming. →………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 63. People believed that the earth stood still. →………………………………………………………………………………………………………. VI. Chuyển các câu với động từ chỉ nhận thức sau sang câu bị động 64. I have heard her sing this song several times. →………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 65. People saw him steal your car. →……………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 66. The teacher is watching the work. →………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 67. He won't let you do that silly thing again. →………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 68. People don't make the children work hard. →………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 69. They made him work all day. →………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 70. The detective saw the woman putting the jewelry in her bag. →………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 71. The terrorists made the hostages lie down. →………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 72. Police advise drivers to use an alternative route. →………………………………………………………..……………………………………………… 73. She helps me to do all these difficult exercises. →………………………………………………………………………………………………………. VII. Cho dạng đúng của động từ trong ngoặc 74. Toshico had her car (repair) ...................... by a mechanic. 75. Ellen got Marvin (type) ...................... her paper. 76. We got our house (paint) ...................... last week. 77. Dr Byrd is having the students (write ) ...................... a composition. 78. Mark got his transcripts (send) ...................... to the university. 79. Maria is having her hair (cut) ...................... tomorrow. 80. Will Mr. Brown have the porter (carry) ...................... his luggage to his car? I. 1. Letters are typed in the office by Mary. 2. You'll be helped by his father tomorrow. 3. The human life has completely been changed with science and technology. 4. This bottle was broken by Peter. 5. English is being learnt in the room. 6. My mind can't be changed. 7. I hadn't been told about it. 8. Her telephone number isn't known.

English grammar grade 9

9th grade synthesized English grammar

32. Are big cakes being made for the party? 33. Are inquires about the thief being made by the police? 34. Must the test be finished before ten? 35. Will the children be brought home with buses? 36. Has your homework been finished?

44. By whom are the children looked after for you? 45. How long has the doctor been waited for? 46. What time can their papers be handed in by the boys? 47. By whom is this book lent? 48. How many marks are given to you by the teacher?

37

9. The children will be brought home by my students. 10. I was sent a present last week. 11. We were given more information. 12. All the workers of the plan were being instructed by the chief engineer. 13. Tea can't be made with cold water. 14. Some of my books have been taken away. 15. The meeting will be held before May Day. 16. The engine of the car has to be repaired. 17. The window was broken and some pictures were taken away by the boys. 18. A lot of money is spent on advertising every day. 19. A story is going to be told by teacher. 20. A cake is being cut with a sharp knife by Mary. 21. The woman with a red hat was looked at by the children. 22. The victims have been provided with food and clothing. 23. English is spoken in almost every corner of the world. 24. This machine mustn't be used after 5:30 p.m. 25. After class, the chalk board is always erased by one of the students. II. 26. Is English taught here? 27. Will she be invited to your wedding party? 28. Has the work been finished by Tom? 29. Were some exercises given by the teacher? 30. Has the window of the laboratory been changed? 31. Is a poem going to be written? III. 37. Why wasn't he helped? 38. How many games have been played by the team? 39. Where is English spoken? 40. Who are being kept in the kitchen? 41. How can this be opened safe? 42. What books are being read this year? 43. How was the lost man found by the police? IV. 49. I was paid a lot of money to do the job. 50. Each of us was given two exercise books by the teacher. 51. He will be told that news. 52. Those poor boys have been sent enough money. 53. The women in most countries in the world have been given the right to vote. V. 54. He is thought to have died a natural death. 55. 13 is believed to be an unlucky number. 56. John is said to be the brightest student in class. 57. The President was reported to have suffered a heart attack. 58. They were known to have told him of the meeting. 59. She was declared to win the competition. 60. The man was rumored to be still living. 61. Jack London's life and writing is thought to represent the American love of adventure.

English grammar grade 9

9th grade synthesized English grammar

80. carry

76. painted 77. write 78. sent 79. cut

62. The troops were reported to be coming. 63. The earth was believed to stand still. VI. 64. She has been heard to sing this song several times. 65. He was seen to steal your car. 66. The work is being watched by the teacher. 67. You won't be let to do that silly thing again. 68. The children are made to work hard. 69. He was made to work all day. 70. The woman was seen putting the jewelry in her bag by the detective. 71. The hostages were made to lie down by the terrorists. 72. Drivers are advised to use an alternative route by police. 73. I am helped to do all these difficult exercises. VII. 74. repaired 75. to type V. Reported Speech (Câu Trực Tiếp - Gián Tiếp) 1. Định nghĩa câu trực tiếp - Câu trực tiếp là câu tường thuật lại nguyên văn nghĩa và lời của người nói. Câu trực tiếp được trích trong dấu ngoặc kép (“....”). Ví dụ: The mother says to the boy “You should go to bed early.”

(Người mẹ nói với đứa con trai “Con nên đi ngủ sớm”.)

- Câu gián tiếp là câu tường thuật lại nghĩa của người nói mà không cần giữ nguyên văn. Khi chuyển sang câu gián tiếp, ta phải bỏ dấu ngoặc kép. Ví dụ: The mother says to the boy that he should go to bed early.

(Người mẹ nói với đứa con trai rằng cậu ta nên đi ngủ sớm.)

2. Cách đổi từ câu trực tiếp sang gián tiếp - Đổi chủ ngữ và các đại từ nhân xưng khác trong câu trực tiếp cho phù hợp với câu gián tiếp mới - Biến đổi các đại từ chỉ định, trạng ngữ chỉ thời gian và địa điểm theo quy tắc (bảng kèm theo dưới đây) - Lùi động từ ở câu trực tiếp lại một thì so với lúc ban đầu (khi các động từ giới thiệu (say, tell…) ở quá khứ) - Nếu các động từ giới thiệu ở thì hiện tại đơn thì khi chuyển sang câu gián tiếp ta giữ nguyên thì. Ví dụ: Lan says “I am a student.” (Lan nói “Tôi là 1 học sinh”.) => Lan says (that) she is a student. (Lan nói cô ấy là 1 học sinh.) - Nếu câu trực tiếp diễn tả 1 sự thực hiển nhiên luôn luôn đúng thì ta giữ nguyên thì. Ví dụ: Teacher said “The earth goes around the sun.” (Cô giáo nói “Trái đất quay quanh mặt trời”.) => Teacher said the earth goes around the sun. (Cô giáo nói trái đất quay quanh mặt trời.) Bảng đổi động từ

38

Câu trực tiếp S + V(e,es) S + am/ is/ are + Ving S + have/ has + PII S + have/ has + been + Ving S + Ved Câu gián tiếp S + V(ed) S + was/ were + Ving S + had + PII S + had + been + Ving S + had + PII

English grammar grade 9

9th grade synthesized English grammar

S + was/ were + Ving S + will/ can/ may/ must + V S + had + been + Ving S + would/ could/ might/ had to + V

Ví dụ: He said “I met her at Nam’s party.” (Anh ấy nói “Tôi gặp cô ấy ở bữa tiệc của Nam”.) => He said he had met her at Nam’s party. (Anh ấy nói anh ấy gặp cô ấy ở bữa tiệc của Nam.) Các trạng ngữ chỉ thời gian, địa điểm

Câu trực tiếp Now Ago This These Here Today

Last week/ month/ year/…..

Next week/ month/….. Tomorrow Yesterday Câu gián tiếp Then Before That Those There That day The previous week/ month/ year/….. The week/ month/ the year/…before The following week/month/ …… The next day/ The following day The day before/ The previous day

39

Ví dụ: - Nam said “My mother is planting trees now.” (Nam nói “Bây giờ mẹ tôi đang trồng cây”.) => Nam said his mother was planting trees then. (Nam nói mẹ cậu ấy đang trồng cây lúc đó.) - She said “I will go to Ha Long next summer.” (Cô ấy nói “Tôi sẽ đi Hạ Long mùa hè tới”.) => She said she would go to Ha Long the following summer. (Cô ấy nói cô ấy sẽ đi Hạ Long mùa hè tới.) 3. Câu hỏi trong lời nói gián tiếp Có thể dùng động từ trần thuật: “want to know, be interested to know, wonder” thay cho “ask” Câu hỏi trong lời nói gián tiếp được chia làm loại: 3.1. Câu hỏi bắt đầu với các trợ động từ: Ta thêm if/whether Ví dụ: "Does John understand music?" he asked. (Anh ta hỏi: “John có hiểu âm nhạc không?) => He asked if/whether John understood music. (Anh ta hỏi liệu John có hiểu âm nhạc không.) 3.2. Câu hỏi bắt đầu với who, whom, what, which, where, when, why, how: Các từ để hỏi trên sẽ được giữ nguyên trong câu gián tiếp Ví dụ: "What is your name?" he asked. (Anh ta hỏi: “Bạn tên là gì?) => He asked me what my name was. (Anh ta hỏi tôi xem tên tôi là gì.) 3.3. Các dạng đặc biệt của câu hỏi trong lời nói gián tiếp a. Shall/ would dùng để diễn tả đề nghị, lời mời: Ví dụ: "Shall I bring you some tea?" Tom asked. (Tom hỏi: “Tôi mang cho bạn chút trà nhé?”) => Tom offered to bring me some tea. (Tom đề nghị mang cho tôi chút trà.) "Shall we meet at the theatre?" John asked. (John hỏi: “Bọn mình gặp nhau ở nhà hát nhé?”) => John suggested meeting at the theatre. (John gợi ý gặp nhau ở nhà hát.) b. Will/would dùng để diễn tả yêu cầu: Ví dụ: “Will you help me, please?” he asked. (“Bạn sẽ giúp tôi chứ?” Anh ấy hỏi.) => He asked me to help him. (Anh ấy yêu cầu tôi giúp anh ấy.)

English grammar grade 9

9th grade synthesized English grammar

“Will you lend me your dictionary?” he asked. (“Bạn sẽ cho tôi mượn cuốn từ điển của bạn chứ?” Anh ấy hỏi.) => He asked me to lend him my dictionary. (Anh ấy yêu cầu tôi cho anh ấy mượn cuốn từ điển của tôi.) 4. Câu mệnh lệnh và câu yêu cầu trong lời nói gián tiếp. Ví dụ: “Keep quiet!” he said. (Anh ấy nói: “Trật tự!”) => He told me to keep quiet. (Anh ấy yêu cầu tôi trật tự.) “Listen to me, please!” she said. (Cô ấy nói: “Nghe tôi nào!”) => He asked me to listen to her. (Cô ấy yêu cầu tôi lắng nghe cô ấy.) 5. Câu cảm thán trong lời nói gián tiếp. Ví dụ: “What a lovely dress!” she said. (Cô ấy nói: “Chiếc váy dễ thương quá!”) => She exclaimed that the dress was lovely. (Cô ấy thốt lên rằng chiếc váy rất dễ thương.) => She exclaimed that the dress was a lovely one. (Cô ấy thốt lên rằng chiếc váy đó là một chiếc rất dễ thương.) 6. Các hình thức hỗn hợp trong lời nói gián tiếp. Lời nói trực tiếp có thể bao gồm nhiều hình thức hỗn hợp: câu khẳng định, câu hỏi, câu mệnh lệnh, câu cảm thán: Ví dụ: She asked, "Can you play the piano?” and I said “No.” (Cô ấy hỏi: “Bạn có biết chơi piano không? và tôi trả lời “Không.”) => She asked me if could play the piano and I said that I could not. ( Cô ấy hỏi tôi liệu tôi có biết chơi piano không và tôi nói rằng tôi không biết.) Dicrect and Indirect Speeches (Câu trực tiếp và câu gián tiếp) Part 2 I. Lời nới trực tiếp và lời nói gián tiếp 1. Lời nói trực tiếp: là sự lặp lại chính xác những từ của người nói. - Lời nói trực tiếp được đặt trong dấu ngoặc kép và sau động từ chính có dấu phẩy(,) hoặc dấu hai chấm(:). - Đôi khi mệnh đề chính cũng có thể đặt sau lời nói trực tiếp. Ex: “ I don’t like this party” Bill said. 2. Lời nói gián tiếp (indirect/reported speech) là lời tường thuật lại ý của người nói, đôi khi không cần phải đúng những từ của người nói. Ex: Bill said that he didn’t like that party. II. Lời nói gián tiếp với động từ giới thiệu ở hiện tại Ex: My teacher of Geography says, “ The Sun rises in the East.” =>My teacher of Geography said ( that ) the Sun rises in the East. S1 + said (that) + S2 + V’ + O’ III. Lời nói gián tiếp với động từ giới thiệu ở quá khứ Ex: Nam said, “ I am doing my homework now.” => Nam said (that) he was doing his homework then. * Câu trần thuật trong lời nói gián tiếp ( Statements in reported speech) Reported speech Statement

S + V + O

40

said / to Sb (O) + That + S2V2 S1 + told (O) + That + S2V2 talked + about st *Note: Có thể sử dụng một số ĐT dẫn sau: thought, announced, explained, complained, believed…

English grammar grade 9

9th grade synthesized English grammar

EX: They said, “We’ll return to Paris next month”

Rule(QTắc) Direct speech (Trực tiếp)

1. Verbs Present simple (V/Vs/es) Present progressive (is/am/are+Ving) Present perfect (have/has+VpII) Past simple (Ved) Past progressive (was/were +Ving)

2. Modal verbs

3. Adverb of place

4. Adverb of time

=> They said (that) they would return to Paris the month after. ❖ NHỮNG QUY TẮC BIẾN ĐỔI TỪ CÂU TRỰC TIẾP SANG CÂU GIÁN TIẾP Reported speech (Gián tiếp) Past simple (Ved) Past progressive (was/were+Ving) Past perfect (had+VPII) Past perfect (had +VpII) Past progressive/ Past perfect progressive (had +been +Ving) Past perfect Future in the past (would +V) Was/were +going to +V Would Could Might Must/Had to That Those There Then That day The day before/ the previous day Two days before The day after/the next (following)day Two days after/ in two days’ time Before That week The week before/ the previous week The night before The week after/ the following week She, he /Her, him They/ us Past perfect Future simple (will +V) Near future (is/am/are +going to+V) Will Can May Must This These Here Now Today Yesterday The day before yesterday Tomorrow The day after tomorrow Ago This week Last week Last night Next week I / me We /our 5. Subject /Object You/you I, we/ me, us

*Câu mệnh lệnh, câu yêu cầu, câu đề nghị, lời khuyên….trong lời nói gián tiếp (Orders, requests, offers, advice… in indirect speech) Sentence Form

S + should (not) + V…

For Example “You ought not to smoke here” the man said  The man said I ought not to smoke ought (not) to had better (not)

there.

 The man advised me not to smoke 1 Advices (Câu khuyên) there. “Why don’t you + V_ing…” “If I were you, I should + V…”  S1+ said (that) S2 + should (not) + V…

told SB that

41

2 Commands  S + advisesd SB (not) to V… (*) “V…, please” “Don’t make noise, Nam” The teacher

English grammar grade 9

9th grade synthesized English grammar

“Don’t + V…, please”

said  The teacher told Nam not to make (Câu mệnh lệnh)

noise SB ⇒S + to V… not to V… told asked ordered

you + V…, please ? “Can you give me a hand ?” the boy said  The boy told me to give him a hand

Can Could Will Would asked

3 Requests (Yêu cầu) you mind not V_ing ? Do Would

 S + asked SB (not) to V…

told requested

“Would you like to V…”  S + invited SB to V… 4 Invitations (Câu mời) “Would you like to drink some coffe” Hoa said to her friend  Hoa invited her friend to drink some

coffe

“Would you like + N…”  S + offered SB/ST… 5 Offers (Đề nghị)

S + thereatened to V 6 Threaten (Đe dọa) “Would you like some tea ?” Nam told me  Nam offere me some tea “I will kill you If you don’t give me money” the robber said.  The robber threatened to kill me If I

didn’t give him money

S + warned SB to V…

not to V… 7 “Don’t touch this stove, boy” she said  She warned the boy not to touch that Warns (Cảnh báo) stove

S + reminded SB to V…

not to V… 8 Remínds (Nhắc nhở) “Remember to turn off the light before go out” my mother said  My mother reminded me to turn off

the light before go out

S + promises to V… 9 “I will come home early” the boy said  The boy promises to come home Promises (Hứa) early

10 S + encouraged SB to V… Encouragements (Động viên) “Go on, you must take the English speak contest, Nam” The teacher said  The teacher encouraged Nam to take

the English speak contest.

11 Begs (Cầu xin) S + begged SB to V… “Please, give me a hand, boy” the woman said  The woman beggesd the boy to give

her a hand

42

agree 12 S + Agreements (Đồng ý) “Would you like to visit the zoo?” She saisd - “ Yes, I’d love to” Nam answer. refused Đồng ý to do ST lam gì to V to do ST Không

English grammar grade 9

9th grade synthesized English grammar

to V

=>She invited Nam to visit the zoo and Nam

accepted the invitation đồng ý làm gì Chấp nhận lời mời

✓ “Let’s go for a picnic” Hoa said. ⇒ Hoa suggested going for a picnic. ✓ “Should we doing the homework”

to visit the zoo a gree accepted the invitation refused

Lan said + V_ing…?”

⇒ Lan suggested doing the homework ✓ “If I were you, I would buy this house” Mrs Tan said. 13 we + V_ing…? Suggestions (Gợi ý) * Gợi ý cùng làm: “Let’s + V…” Let’s : Let us “Why don’t we + V…” “What about How about Shall Should ⇒ Mrs Tan suggested that I should buy

✓ “Why don’t you take this book?”

that house.

Huy said. ⇒ Huy suggested that I take that book

 S + suggested + V_ing… (Cùng làm…) * Gợi ý người khác làm: “If I were you, ….” “Why don’t you…?”  S1+ suggested thatS2 should (not) + V…

14 Insist (Năn nỉ) S + insist on V_ing… “Help me do this exercise, please” My son said  My son insist on help him do that

exercise

“I didn’t kill her family” accused said  Accused denied killing her family 15 Deny (Phủ nhận) having kill her S + denied V_ing… having PII family

S + admitted V_ing… 16 Admit (Thừa nhận)

S + accused SB of V_ing… 17 “It’s me who copy your test” Vu said  Vu admitted copying my test “You stole my money” the man said  The man accused me of stoling his Accuse (Buộc tội) money

“I’m sorry, I’m late” Nga said

18 Apology (Xin lỗi) S + apologized (to SB) for ST…  V_ing… Nga apologized to me

for late for being late the 1st

19 chúc S + congratulated SB on ST… V_ing “Congratulation, you won prize” My teacher said  My teacher congratulated me on Congratulation (Lời mừng) winning the 1st prize.

20 S + complimented SB on ST Compliments (Khen ngợi) “Your eyes are beautiful, Hanh” Hoan said  Hoan complimented Hanh on her

beautiful eye

S + thanks SB for ST…

V_ing… 21 Thanks (Cảm ơn) “Thanks you for your advice” Hung said  Hung thanks me for my advice

43

“What a handsome boy” Ly said 22 Exclamation S + exclaimed that S + V(lùi thì)

English grammar grade 9

9th grade synthesized English grammar

(Cảm thán)  Ly said exclaimed the boy was

handsome

“Happy new they said” they said.  They wished a happy new year 23 S + wishwed SB/ST… Wishes (Chúc mừng) me a happy new

year

* Câu hỏi trong lời nói gián tiếp (Questions in reported speech)

Questions Reported speech

S1 + asked (+ Object) + If/whether + S2V2

1. Yes/No questions Auxiliary + S + V + O? (Do/does/did/had/will) Ex: “Are you a student?”

“Did you see this film?”.

He asked me if/whether I was a student. He asked me if/whether I had seen that film. S1 + asked (+ Object) + WH + S2V2 *Note: Có thể sử dụng một số ĐT dẫn sau: inquired, wondered, wanted to know… He asked me where I had gone.

2. Wh – questions WH + Auxiliary + S + V + O? * Auxiliary: Động từ phụ Ex: “Where have you gone?”.

* Lưu ý, trong những trường hợp sau động từ không biến đổi 1. Lời nói trực tiếp diễn tả một sự thật hiển nhiên, một chân lí hay một thói quen ở hiện tại Ex:

1. My father said “New York is bigger than London” - My father said that New York is bigger than London 2. The teacher said, “The moon moves around the earth” - The teacher said that the moon moves around the earth. 3. He said, “ I always drink milk for breakfast” - Peter said that he always drinks milk for breakfast.

- He said that if he were me he wouldn’t wait.

2. Lời nói trực tiếp có các động từ tình thái như: could, would, should, might, ought to, used to, had better. Ex: My friend said, “You had better contact with her” - My friend said that I had better contact with her. 3. Lời nói trực tiếp là câu điều kiện loại II hoặc câu điều kiện loại II. Ex: He said, “ If I were you, I wouldn’t wait” 4. Thời quá khứ đơn hoặc quá khứ tiếp diễn có thời gian các định hoặc thuộc mệnh đề chỉ thời gian. 1. She said, “My mother arrived on Monday” - She said that her mother arrived on Monday. 2. He said, “When I saw them, they were playing tennis” - He said when he saw them they were playing tennis.

EXERCISES ON REPORTED SPEECH

44

I. Turn these sentences into Reported speech. 1. She said,” I can’t find my umbrella” → _____________________________________________________________________________ 2. They said, “We are learning English now” → _______________________________________________________________________________ 3. “ My friend is coming next week”, Tom said. → _______________________________________________________________________________

English grammar grade 9

9th grade synthesized English grammar

45

4. “ I’ll help my mum with housework this weekend” → _______________________________________________________________________________ 5. “We shall overcome this difficulty”, they said → _______________________________________________________________________________ 6. “ My father is a doctor here”, my friend said → _______________________________________________________________________________ 7. “I am going on holiday tomorrow”, the boy said to his neighbor. → _______________________________________________________________________________ 8. “ You will have to finish all these exercises before next week”, the teacher said to his students → _______________________________________________________________________________ 9. “ I came back here early yesterday,” she said. → _______________________________________________________________________________ 10. “ I’ve broken the vase,” she said → _______________________________________________________________________________ 11. “ I will never see you again,” the boy said to the girl. → _______________________________________________________________________________ 12. He said to her, “You are my friend.” → _______________________________________________________________________________ 13. Johnny said to his mother, “I don’t know how to do this axercise.” → _______________________________________________________________________________ 14. “We are waiting for the school bus”, said the chidren. → _______________________________________________________________________________ 15. Marry said, “My father died a year ago”. → _______________________________________________________________________________ 16. John said, “I have finished studying my lesson”. → _______________________________________________________________________________ 17. Mary said, “I can not go to the movies with you, John”. → _______________________________________________________________________________ 18. “I shall expect to see you next Wednesday.” Mary said to her friend. → _______________________________________________________________________________ 19. He said, “I don’t know what happened.” → _______________________________________________________________________________ 20. She said, “I went to the doctor yesterday.” → _______________________________________________________________________________ 11. He said, “I have a toothache.” → _______________________________________________________________________________ 22. She said, “I’ll write him a prescription.” → _______________________________________________________________________________ 23. They said, “We’re going to the drugstore.” → _______________________________________________________________________________ 24. He said, “The doctor gave me some pills.” → _______________________________________________________________________________ 25. She said, “I go to the supermarket every day.” → _______________________________________________________________________________ 26. He said, “I have received the envelope.” → _______________________________________________________________________________ 27. They said, “We visited Cannery Row.” → _______________________________________________________________________________

English grammar grade 9

9th grade synthesized English grammar

46

28. She said, “I feel very sick.” → _______________________________________________________________________________ 29. He said, “I bought some popcorn.” → _______________________________________________________________________________ 30. They said, “We’re flying to California.” → _______________________________________________________________________________ 31. He said, “I’m cutting off the main valve.” → _______________________________________________________________________________ 32. Nam said, “my uncle often plants the vegetables in the afternoon.” → _______________________________________________________________________________ 33. “My uncle will not plant the vegetables tomorrow afternoon”, she said. → _______________________________________________________________________________ 34. “Mr and Mrs Pike have just read these newspapers”, Nga said. → _______________________________________________________________________________ 35. She said, “I often listen to music at night.” → _______________________________________________________________________________ 36. Lan’s mother said, “ My daughter usually brushes her teeth before meals.” → _______________________________________________________________________________ 37. They said, “We have to do the assignments now.” → _______________________________________________________________________________ 38. Lan says, “My sister seldom rides a bike to school.” → _______________________________________________________________________________ 39. They said, “Our teacher sometimes explains the difficult lesson.” → _______________________________________________________________________________ 40. Nam said, “ I am doing my homework now.” → _______________________________________________________________________________ II. Change the sentences below into direct speech. 1. My mother told me that she was sad then. → _______________________________________________________________________________ 2. One of my friends said that she liked learning English with her teacher. → _______________________________________________________________________________ 3. The doctor told me that I could leave the hospital that day. → _______________________________________________________________________________ 4. The film director said that she was willing to work then. → _______________________________________________________________________________ 5. The teacher told his students that he would be busy the following month. → _______________________________________________________________________________ 6. Tom invited me to his birthday party. → _______________________________________________________________________________ 7. She said the doctor had written her a prescription. → _______________________________________________________________________________ 8. He said that he had a toothache. → _______________________________________________________________________________ 9. She said she went to the museum every day. → _______________________________________________________________________________ 10. They said they were going to the supermarket. → _______________________________________________________________________________

English grammar grade 9

9th grade synthesized English grammar

47

11. She said that the doctor had given her some pills. → _______________________________________________________________________________ III Change the following sentences into reported speech: 1. She said to him: “give me another glass of wine”. → _______________________________________________________________________________ 2. She said to me: “bring me a book”. → _______________________________________________________________________________ 3. Mother said to him: “open the window please!”. → _______________________________________________________________________________ 4. He said to me: “shut the door after you”. → _______________________________________________________________________________ 5. The captain said to them: “wait here still I come back”. → _______________________________________________________________________________ 6. She told her: “take it and come with me”. → _______________________________________________________________________________ 7. He said to me: “don’t come back before one o’clock”. → _______________________________________________________________________________ 8. My mother told me: “don’t forget to look at the door”. → _______________________________________________________________________________ 9. He said to his brother: “don’t open the window, open the door”. → _______________________________________________________________________________ 10. He said to the girl: “don’t sit on my bed, sit on this chair please!”. → _______________________________________________________________________________ 11. The teacher said: “I am a teacher”. → _______________________________________________________________________________ 12. She said to me “I have a big house” → _______________________________________________________________________________ 13. She said to me : “I am going to the party”. → _______________________________________________________________________________ 14. She said to me: “I gave him your letter.” → _______________________________________________________________________________ 15. She said: “I have finished my work.” → _______________________________________________________________________________ 16. Nam said: “I am not a pupil.” → _______________________________________________________________________________ 17. Nam said: “I am going to Ho Chi Minh city.” → _______________________________________________________________________________ 18. He said to me: “I have gone to your house.” → _______________________________________________________________________________ 19. She says: “I knew your difficulties.” → _______________________________________________________________________________ 20. He said to me: “I gave him your present.” → _______________________________________________________________________________ 21. He asked me: “Who is Oliver Twist?” → _______________________________________________________________________________ 22. My mother asked me: “What‘s the matter with you?” → _______________________________________________________________________________

English grammar grade 9

9th grade synthesized English grammar

15. “What are you going to do next summer?” she asked. - She asked us..................................................................... 16. “I’ll phone you tomorrow,” he told Jack. -He told Jack that.... .......................................................... 17. “Can I sit beside you, Jean?” Tom asked. -Tom asked Jean.... ............................................................ 18. “I want a camera for my birthday,” he said. -He said that.... .................................................................. 19. “Don’t keep the door locked,” he said to us. -He told us.... ................................................................... 20. “How long are you going to stay?” I asked him. -I asked him how long.... 21. “Are you going by train?” she asked me. -She wanted to know.... .................................................. 22. “Don’t use too much hot water,” she said to us. -She asked us.... .............................................................. 23. “Will you come to my party?” she said to me. -She invited me.... ............................................................ 24. “Don’t do it again,” she said to them. She told them.................................................................. 25. “ Did Mr Brown send the potatoes to you?” she asked. -She asked....................................................................... 26. “Don’t get your shoes dirty, boys,” she said. -She told.......................................................................... 27. “What do you want for lunch today, Peter?” Mary asked. -Mary asked....................................................................... 28. “Can I borrow your typewriter, Janet?” asked Peter. - Peter asked if ...................................................................

29. “Why didn’t I get a computer before?” thought the office manager. -The office manager wondered............................................................ 30. “You had better not lend him any more money, Elizabeth,’’ said John.

48

23. I asked him: “Which book do you find?” → _______________________________________________________________________________ 24. He asked me: “When do you finish your work?” → _______________________________________________________________________________ 25. Mai asked me: “Why didn’t you come?” → _______________________________________________________________________________ 26. She says: “She had a wonderful evening.” → _______________________________________________________________________________ 27. The teacher tells us: “You should learn harder and harder.” → _______________________________________________________________________________ 28. My mother says that: “We are having a party tomorrow.” → _______________________________________________________________________________ 29. I say to him: “Our teacher will come on time.” → _______________________________________________________________________________ 30. Mai‘s parents say that: “We are going to invite twenty guests to the party. → _______________________________________________________________________________ IV. Change the following sentences into reported speech: 1. “Open the door,” he said to them. -He told them............................................................ 2. “Where are you going?” he asked her. -He asked her where............................................... 3. “Which way did they go?” he asked. -He asked... ............................................................... 4. “Bring it back if it doesn’t fit”, I said to her. -I told...................................................................... 5. “Don’t try to open it now,” she said to us. -She told... ....................................................................... 6. “Is it going to be a fine day today?” I asked her. -I asked her... .................................................................... 7. “He’s not at home”, she said. -She said that... ................................................................. 8. “Is the bus station far away?” the girl asked. -The girl wanted to know... .............................................. 9. “Don’t stay out late, Ann” Tom said. -Tom told Ann... ............................................................... 10. “Please let me borrow your car,” he said to her. -He asked... ........................................................................ 11. “Jean, have you seen my gloves?” Thomas asked. -Thomas asked Jean..... 12. Don’t leave the window open, Mary”, I said. -I told Mary.... ................................................................... 13. “I’ll have a cup of tea with you,” she said. She said that... 14. “I’ll pay him if I can” she said. -She said that......................................................................

English grammar grade 9

9th grade synthesized English grammar

8. The girl wanted to know whether/ if the bus station was far away.

2. He asked her where she was going.

9. Tom told Ann not to stay out late.

3. He asked me which way they had gone.

10. He asked her to let him borrow her car.

4. I told her to bring it back if it didn’t fit.

5. She told us not to try to open it then.

11. Thomas asked Jean whether/if she had seen his gloves.

12. I told Mary not to leave the window open.

6. I asked her whether/ if it was going to be a fine day that day.

13. She said that she would have a cup of tea with me.

7. She said that he was not at home.

49

-John advised Elizabeth........................................................................ 31. “You stole my best cassette, Amanda!” said John. -John accused....................................................................................... 32. “ You damaged my bicycle, John!” said Mary. -Mary accused...................................................................................... 33. “When was your little boy born?” said the nurse to Mrs. Bingley. -The nurse asked Mrs. Bingley............................................................... 34. “You should take more exercise, Mr. Robert,” the doctor said. -The doctor advised................................................................................ 35. “Will I find a job?”, Tim said to himself. -Tim wondered....................................................................................... 36. “I’m sorry I gave you the wrong number,” said Paul to Susan. -Paul apologized..................................................................................... 37. “When is the first day of your holiday, Peter?” Martha asked. - Martha asked Peter when..................................................................... 38. “Can I have a new bicycle?” said Anna to her mother. -Anna asked............................................................................................ 39.. “Don’t leave the house until I get back, William”, his mother said. - William’s mother told.......................................................................... 40. “Don’t bite your nails,” said Mrs. Rogers to her son. -Mrs. Rogers told....... ............................................................................. 41. “I’ve seen the film three times, Mary” said George. -George said............................................................................................ 42. “I’m sorry, Angela,” said Martin, “I’m afraid I’ve damaged your car. -Martin apologized.................................................................................. 43. “Have you had enough for lunch?” the landlady asked us. -The landlady asked................................................................................ 44. “ John, please don’t tell anyone my new address,” said Mary. -Mary asked............................................................................................ 45. “Breakfast will not be served after 9. 30” said the notice. -The notice said that.............................................................................. 46. “Where is the best place to buy souvenirs?” -I asked.................................................................................................. 47. “Don’t forget to bring your passport with you tomorrow” - She reminded me ................................................................................ 48. “Do not write on the wall,” said the teacher to the boys. -The teacher told the boys……………………………………….......... 49. “How many jobs have you had since 2000?” the interviewer asked Mr. Simpson. - The interviewer asked ........................................................................... 50. “Why didn’t you report the incident to the police?” the officer asked the frightened witness. - The officer wanted to know................................................................... ĐÁP ÁN 1. He told them to open the door.

English grammar grade 9

9th grade synthesized English grammar

35. Tim wondered whether/ if he would find a job.

15. She asked us what we were going to do the following summer.

36. Paul apologized to Susan for giving her the wrong number.

16. He told Jack that he would phone him the following day.

37. Martha asked Peter when the first day of his holiday was.

17. Tom asked Jean whether/if he could sit beside her.

38. Anna asked her mother whether/ if she could have a new bicycle.

18. He said that he wanted a camera for his birthday.

19. He told us not to keep the door locked.

39. William’s mother told him not to leave the house until she got back.

20. I asked him how long he was going to stay.

40. Mrs. Rogers told her son not to bite his nails.

21. She wanted to know whether I was going by train.

22. She asked us not to use too much hot water.

41. George said to Mary that he had seen the film three times.

23. She invited me to come to her party.

24. She told them not to do it again.

42. Martin apologized to Angela for having damaged her car.

25. She asked whether/ if Mr. Brown sent the potatoes to me.

43. The landlady asked us whether/if we had had enough for lunch.

26. She told the boys not to get their shoes dirty.

27. Mary asked what Peter wanted for lunch that day.

44. Mary asked John not to tell anyone her new address.

28. Peter asked Janet whether/ if he could borrow her typewriter.

45. The notice said that breakfast would not be served after 9.30.

46. I asked where the best place to buy souvenirs was.

29. The office manager wondered why he hadn’t got a computer before.

47. She reminded me to bring my passport with me the following day.

30. John advised Elizabeth not to lend him any more money.

48. The teacher told the boys not to write on the wall.

31. John accused Amanda of stealing his best cassette.

32. Mary accused John of damaging her bicycle.

49. The interviewer asked Mr. Simpson how many jobs he had had since 2000.

33. The nurse asked Mrs. Bingley where her little boy had been born.

50. The officer wanted to know why the frightened witness hadn’t reported

34. The doctor advised Mr. Robert to take more exercise.

50

14. She said that she would pay him if she could.

English grammar grade 9

9th grade synthesized English grammar

VI. CÂU HỎI ĐUÔI – TAG QUESTION I. Định nghĩa câu hỏi đuôi: Câu hỏi đuôi là dạng câu hỏi ngắn được đặt ở cuối câu trần thuật, thường trong văn phong tiếng Anh nói. Ví dụ: She is a student, isn’t she? Câu trần thuật Phần đuôi II. Cấu trúc câu hỏi đuôi: Quy tắc chung:

Câu trần thuật Phần câu hỏi đuôi

Thể khẳng định (+) Thể phủ định (-)

Thể phủ định (-) Thể khẳng định (+)

(+) (-)

(-) (+)

Chú ý: Khi phần câu hỏi đuôi ở dạng phủ định, bắt buộc phải ở dạng viết tắt. Chủ ngữ trong phần đuôi phải ở dạng đại từ nhân xưng Ví dụ: Your father smokes a lot, doesn’t he? (correct) Your father smokes a lot, does not he? (incorrect) (+) (-) Mary and Peter aren’t classmates, are they? (correct) Mary and Peter aren’t classmates, are Mary and Peter? (incorrect) (-) (+)

❖ Các trường hợp cụ thể:

Động từ Phần đuôi Ví dụ

Động từ “ to be” Mary is your girlfriend, isn’t she?

To be + S?

Động từ thường Trợ động từ + S?

She had a nice cat, didn’t she? You haven’t finished your homework, have you?

Động từ khuyết thiếu + S?

Động từ khuyết thiếu They can eat fast, can’t they? You shouldn’t hurry up, should you?

III. Các trường hợp đặc biệt của câu hỏi đuôi:

Mệnh đề chính Câu hỏi đuôi Ví dụ

I am + …. Aren’t I?

I am a good student, aren’t I?

Let’s + …. Shall we? Let’s go, shall we?

Chủ ngữ thành “they”

Everyone can speak English well, can’t they?

Chủ ngữ là các đại từ chung như: Anyone, No one, Anything, …

Chủ ngữ thành “it”

Chủ ngữ là đại từ bất định “Nothing” Nothing is impossible, is it?

Phần đuôi ở dạng khẳng định Hoa will never forget him, will she?

51

Trong câu chứa những trạng từ mang ý nghĩa phủ định như: never, rarely, hardly,

English grammar grade 9

9th grade synthesized English grammar

little, …

Câu mệnh lệnh Will you? Sit down, will you?

52

EXERCISE I: Add tag questions to the following. 1. Lan enjoys watching TV after dinner, …………? 2. Tam didn’t go to school yesterday, ……..? 3. They’ll buy a new computer, ………? 4. She can drink lots of tomato juice everyday, ………….? 5. She may not come to class today, ………….? 6. We should follow the traffic rules strictly, ………….? 7. Your mother has read these fairy tales for you many times, . ………….? 8. He seldom visits you, ………….? 9. You’ve never been in Italy, . ………….? 10. That’s Bob, ………….? 11. No-one died in the accident, ………….? 12. I’m supposed to be here, ………….? 13. Nothing is wrong………….? 14. Nobody called the phone, ………….? 15. Everything is okay, ………….? 16. Everyone took a rest, ………….? 17. Going swimming in the summer is never boring, ………….? 18. Let’s dance together, ………….? 19. Don’t talk in class, ………….? 20. Sit down, ………….? 21. This picture is yours, ………….? 22. Hoa never comes to school late, ………….? 23. You took some photos on the beach, . ………….? 24. He hardly ever makes a mistake, ………….? Key: 1. doesn't she 2. did he/she 3. won't they 4. can't she 5. may she 6. shouldn't we 7. hasn't she 8. Does he 9. have you 10. isn't it? 11. did they 12. aren't I 13. is it 14. did they 15. isn't it 16. didn't they 17. is't it 18. shall we 19. Will you 20. will you 21. isn't it 22. Does she 23. didn't you 24. does he EXERCISE II: Add tag questions to the following. 1. They want to come,………………….? 2. Elizabeth is a dentist, ……………….. ? 3. They won’t be here, …………………? 4. That is your umbrella, ………………….? 5. There aren’t many people here yet, …………….. ? 6. He has a bicycle,……………………? 7. Peter would like to come with us to the party, ……………………..? 8. Those aren’t Fred’s books, ………? 9. You have never been to Paris,…………? 10. Something is wrong with Jane today, ………… ? 11. Everyone can learn how to swim, ……………… ? 12. Nobody cheated in the exam, ………………….. ?

English grammar grade 9

9th grade synthesized English grammar

3. would you 4. Had he 5. shall we 8. isn't there 9. will he 7. aren't I 10. aren't you

13. Nothing went wrong while I was gone, ………… ? 14. I am invited, ………………….? 15. This bridge is not very safe,……………..? 16. These sausages are delicious, …………….? 17. You haven’t lived here long, …………? 18. The weather forecast wasn’t very good, ……………. ? 19. He’d better come to see me, .............. ? 20. You need to stay longer, ................................? Key: 1. don't they 2. isn't she 3. will the 4. isn't it 5. are there 6. doesn't he 7. wouldn't he 8. are they 9. have you 10. isn't it 11. can't they 12. did they 13. did it 14. aren't I 15. is it 16. aren't they 17. have you 18. was it 19. hadn't he 20. don't you EXERCISE III: Add tag questions to the following. 1. You don't know where Ann is, …………..? 2. They haven't seen this film, ……………..? 3. You wouldn't tell anyone about it, ……………? 4. He'd never seen you before,……………….? 5. Let's go out for a walk, …………………..? 6. This is your book,………………? 7. I am supposed to be here, ………….? 8. There is a meeting tonight, ……………………? 9. Tom won't be here late, ………………………………? 10. You 're tired,……………………….? 11. You haven't lived here long, ………………? 12. You came in a sports car, ………………………? 13. These cakes look good, ………………………? 14. You can speak German, …………………..? 15. You couldn't do me a favor, ……………….? Key: 1. do you 2. have they 6. isn't it 11. have you 12. didn’t you 13. don't they 14. can't you 15. could you EXERCISE IV. 161 câu bài tập câu hỏi đuôi có đáp án 1. She is collecting stickers, ________? 2. We often watch TV in the afternoon, ________? 3. You have cleaned your bike, ________? 4. John and Max don't like Maths, ________? 5. Peter played handball yesterday, ________? 6. They are going home from school, ________? 7. Mary didn't do her homework last Monday, ________? 8. He could have bought a new car, _______? 9. Kevin will come tonight, ________? 10. I'm clever, ________? 11. He's not coming, _______? 12. I'm not late, ________? 13. The bank lent him the money, _______? 14. You shouldn't do that, _______?

53

English grammar grade 9

9th grade synthesized English grammar

15. You don't take sugar in coffee, _______? 16. She looks tired, _______? 17. There's a cinema near the station, _______? 18. He arrived late, _______? 19. Nobody has arrived yet, _______? 20. It's time to go, ________? 21. I'm right, ________? 22. You had seen it before, ________? 23. Everybody looked so miserable, ________? 24. You wouldn't do that, _______? 25. He'll be there, _______? 26. Everybody will be there, _______? 27. She's had too much to do lately, _______? 28. It won't happen, _______? 29. They should be here soon, _______? 30. I'm not intruding, _______? 31. Nobody's got to leave early, _______? 32. That dog's very noisy, _______? 33. You have got to arrive before half past eight, _______? 34. They took it, _______? 35. That's the shop where you used to work, ________? 36. The book's a best-seller, _______? 37. You haven't got a sister, _______? 38. I'm in trouble, _______? 39. You would tell me if you knew, _______? 40. You'd rather not tell me, _______? 41. Lima is the capital of Peru, ________? 42. He'd better try harder, _______? 43. There's nothing on TV tonight, _______? 44. That's the guy who was on TV the other night, _______? 45. That's the guy that won the pools, ________? 46. She won't be here for another hour, _______? 47. Mr McGuinness is from Ireland, _______? 48. The car isn't in the garage, ________? 49. You are John, _______? 50. She went to the library yesterday, _______? 51. He didn't recognize me, _______? 52. Cars pollute the environment, _______? 53. Mr. Pritchard has been to Scotland recently, _______? 54. The trip is very expensive, _______? 55. He won't tell her, ________? 56. He sometimes reads the newspaper, _______? 57. You are Indian, _______? 58. Peggy didn't use the pencil, _______? 59. Mary has answered the teacher's question, _______? 60. The boy is from Turkey, _______? 61. Sue wasn't listening,______________?

54

English grammar grade 9

9th grade synthesized English grammar

62. Andrew isn't sleeping, _______? 63. Tom and Maria will arrive at Heathrow, _______? 64. He's been to Texas, _______? 65. Dogs like meat, _______? 66. There are some apples left, _______? 67. I'm late, _______? 68. Let's go, _______? 69. Don't smoke, _______? 70. He does sing in the bathroom, _______? 71. He'll never know, _______? 72. I think, he's from India, _______? 73. Lovely day today, _______? 74. She is collecting stickers, _______? 75. We often watch TV in the afternoon, _______? 76. You have cleaned your bike, _______? 77. John and Max don't like Maths, _______? 78. Peter played handball yesterday, _______? 79. They are going home from school, _______? 80. Mary didn't do her homework last Monday, _______? 81. He could have bought a new car, _______? 82. Kevin will come tonight, _______? 83. I'm clever, _______? 84. Murat gets up late, _______? 85. You didn't go to school yesterday, ________? 86. I am not a nurse, _______? 87. She doesn't cook well, _______? 88. You can speak English, _______? 89. I am your best friend, ________? 90. The sun is shining, ________? 91. They haven't seen him for ages, ________? 92. She visited her grandmother, ________? 93. Susan and Peter arrived late yesterday, ________? 94. She wasn't there, ________? 95. Sheila has gone to the supermarket, ________? 96. I will help you, _______? 97. You shouldn't do that, _______? 98. The thief was arrested yesterday, _______? 99. The computer is broken, _______? 100. Our English teacher is very nice, _______? 101. I am a doctor, ________? 102. Susan caught the bus, _______? 103. They drew an elephant, _______? 104. The student didn't do the homework, ________? 105. Let's have a drink, ________? 106. Your car is not cheap, _______? 107. Lisa has lost her ID, _______? 108. You couldn't help me, _______?

55

English grammar grade 9

9th grade synthesized English grammar

109. We are friends, ________? 110. You weren't at the party last night, _______? 111. Shout up, _______? 112. There is a museum in this city, _______? 113. Good idea, _______? 114. You have never been to Peking, ________? 115. You must give up smoking, ________? 116. I didn't do anything wrong, ________? 117. No one can help you, ________? 118. They helped us a lot, _______? 119. Don't do it, _______? 120. Get out of my sight, _______? 121. Dave is your cousin, ________? 122. Kiki doesn't write a letter before bed? 123. Jenny and Natalie are the members of the Photography Club, _______? 124. You can swim very well, _______? 125. She draws a beautiful picture, ________? 126. We came home late last night, _______? 127. Henry and Ricky read a lot of books, ________? 128. We played football last night, _______? 129. You didn't see me, ________? 130. He sells toys, ________? 131. They don't like cats, ________? 132. She loves flowers, ________? 133. You are a student, _______? 134. Jane can't swim, ________? 135. They mustn't buy the car, ________? 136. Billy has made a beautiful kite, ________? 137. You won't trust him, ________? 138. Kathy and YoYo will go to the swimming pool tomorrow, ________? 139. Mrs. White ate a lot of fish yesterday, ________? 140. Ken didn't visit his grandfather last week, _______? 141. You don't like fishing, ________? 142. Fiona likes Jacky Chan, ________? 143. She must come to the party, _______? 144. Lucy will buy the dress, ________? 145. Mimi and Lily were sad yesterday, ________? 146. Kate always sleeps early, ________? 147. He won't be happy, _______? 148. You didn't do homework yesterday, _______? 149. We kept some money under the bed, ________? 150. It seldom barks, ________? 151. Michael and Melody often go home late, ________? 152. Hugh had a red car, ________? 153. The Mount Rushmore National Memorial Park is in Keystone, _______? 154. The rock was a sacred Indian site once, _______? 155. It has been a national memorial since 1925, _______?

56

English grammar grade 9

9th grade synthesized English grammar

156. The monument doesn't show the bust of President Clinton, _______? 157. George Washington was the first President of the United States, _______? 158. Mr McGuinness is from Ireland, _______? 159. The car isn't in the garage, _______? 160. You are John, _______? 161. She went to the library yesterday, _______? KEY – TAG QUESTION

133. aren't you 134. can she 135. must they 136. hasn't he 137. will you 138. won't they 139. didn't she 140. did she 141. do you 142. doesn't she 143. mustn't she 144. won't she 145. weren't they 146. doesn't she 147. will he 148. did you 149. didn't we 150. does it 151. don't they 152. didn't he 153. isn't it 154. wasn't it 155. hasn't it 156. does it 157. wasn't he 158. isn't he 159. is it 160. aren't you 161. didn't she

100. isn't he/she 101. aren't I 102. didn't she 103. didn't they 104. did he/ she 105. shall we 106. is it 107. hasn't she 108. could you 109. aren't we 110. were you 111. will you 112. isn't there 113. isn't it 114. have you 115. mustn't you 116. did I 117. can they 118. didn't they 119. will you 120. will you 121. isn't he 122. does she 123. aren't they 124. can't you 125. doesn't she 126. didn't we 127. don't they 128. didn't we 129. did you 130. doesn't he 131. do they 132. doesn't she 67. aren't I 68. shall we 69. will you 70. doesn't he 71. will he 72. isn't he 73. isn't it 74. isn't she 75. don't we 76. haven't you 77. do they 78. didn't he 79. aren't they 80. did she 81. couldn't he 82. won't he 83. aren't I 84. doesn't he 85. did you 86. am I 87. does she 88. can't you 89. aren't I 90. isn't it 91. have they 92. didn't she 93. didn't they 94. was she 95. hasn't she 96. won't I 97. should you 98. wasn't he 99. isn't it 34. didn't they 35. isn't it 36. isn't it 37. have you 38. aren't I 39. wouldn't you 40. would you 41. isn't it 42. hadn't he 43. is there 44. isn't it 45. isn't it 46. will she 47. isn't he 48. is it 49. aren't you 50. didn't she 51. did he 52. don't they 53. hasn't he 54. isn't it 55. will he 56. doesn't he 57. aren't you 58. did he 59. hasn't she 60. isn't he 61. was she 62. is he 63. won't they 64. hasn't he 65. don't they 66. aren't there

57

1. isn't she 2. don't we 3. haven't you 4. do they 5. didn't he 6. aren't they 7. did she 8. couldn't he 9. won't he 10. aren't I 11. is he 12. am I 13. didn't it 14. should you 15. do you 16. doesn't she 17. isn't there 18. didn't he 19. have they 20. isn't it 21. aren't I 22. hadn't you 23. didn't they 24. would you 25. won't he 26. won't they 27. hasn't she 28. will it 29. shouldn't they 30. am I 31. have they 32. isn't it 33. haven't you EXERCISE V. Chọn đáp án đúng. 1. You’re going to school tomorrow, ____________? 2. Daisy signed the petition, ___________________? 3. There’s an exam tomorrow, _________________? 4. He will be attending the university in September, ____________? 5. She’s been studying English foe two years, ___________________?

English grammar grade 9

9th grade synthesized English grammar

6. It doesn’t work, _______________? 7. Let’s go fishing, ____________? 8. Jill and Joe have been to Mexico, _______________? 9. You will stay in touch, ____________? 10. You didn’t know I was an artist, _________________? 11. It is quite warm, ____________? 12. We should call Rita, _______________? B. shouldn’t we

C. shall we D. should not we A. should we

C. can’t they D. can’t it A. can they B. can it

13. Monkeys can’t sing, ______________? 14. These books aren’t yours, ____________? A. are these B. aren’t these C. are they D. aren’t they

15. That’s Bod’s, ____________?

A. is that B. isn’t it C. isn’t that D. is it

16. No one died in the accident, ______________?

A. did they C. did he D. didn’t he

B. didn’t they 17. The air-hostess knows the time she has been here, ______________?

A. does she B. isn’t it C. doesn’t she D. did she

18. This is the second time she’s been here, ______________? C. has she A. isn’t this B. isn’t it D. hasn’t she

19. They must do as they are told, ________________?

A. mustn’t they B. must they C. are they D. aren’t they

20. He hardly has anything nowadays, _________________?

A. hasn’t she B. has he C. doesn’t he D. does she

21. You’ve never been in Italy, _________________?

B. haven’t you C. been you D. had you A. have you

• Mệnh đề quan hệ hay còn gọi là mệnh đề tính từ, là một mệnh đề phụ được dùng để bổ sung ý

22. He never goes to school late, __________? 23. Let’s go somewhere for a drink, _________? VII. Mệnh Đề Quan Hệ (Relative Clauses) 1. Mệnh đề quan hệ là gì ?

nghĩa cho một danh từ đứng trước nó.

• Mệnh đề quan hệ thường được bắt đầu bằng các đại từ quan hệ hoặc trạng từ quan hệ. • Các đại từ quan hệ: who, whom, which, that, whose hoặc các trạng từ quan hệ: where, when,

Ex: The man who lives next door is very handsome. (Người đàn ông sống cạnh nhà tôi rất đẹp trai.)

why.

• Đại từ quan hệ

2. Các loại đại từ, trạng từ quan hệ

WHO: Who là đại từ quan hệ chỉ người, đứng sau danh từ chỉ người để làm chủ ngữ (subject) hoặc tân ngữ (object) cho động từ đứng sau nó.

….. N (person) + WHO + V + O

Ex: – The man who is standing overthere is Mr. Pike.

– That is the girl who I told you about.

58

https://www.facebook.com/hoanganh.098.nhna English grammar grade 9

WHOM: Whom là đại từ quan hệ chỉ người, đứng sau danh từ chỉ người để làm tân ngữ(object) cho động từ đứng sau nó.

9th grade synthesized English grammar

…..N (person) + WHOM + S + V

Ex: – The woman whom /who you say yesterday is my aunt. – The boy whose/ who we are looking for is Tom.

Who/ whom làm tân ngữ có thể lược bỏ được trong mệnh đề quan hệ xác định (defining relative clause). Ex:– The woman you saw yesterday is my aunt

– The boy we are looking for is Tom.

WHICH: Which là đại từ quan hệ chỉ vật, đứng sau danh từ chỉ vật để làm chủ ngữ (Subject) hoặc tân ngữ(object) cho động từ đứng sau nó.

….N (thing) + WHICH + V + O ….N (thing) + WHICH + S + V

Ex: – This is the book which I like best. – The hat which is red is mine.

Which làm tân ngữ có thể lược bỏ trong mệnh đề quan hệ xác định (defining relative clause).. Ex: – The dress I bought yesterday is very beautiful. THAT: That là đại từ quan hệ chỉ cả người lẫn vật. That có thể được dùng thay cho who, whom, which trong mệnh đề quan hệ xác định (defining relative clause) Ex:

– That is the book that/ which I like best. – That is the bicycle that/ which belongs to Tom. – My father is the person that/ who(m) I admire most. – The woman that/ who lived here before us is a novelist.

That luôn được dùng sau các tiền tố hỗn hợp (gồm cả người lẫn vật), sau các đại từ eveything, something, anything, all, little, much, more và sau dạng so sánh nhất (superlative). Ex:– I can see a girl and her dog that are running in the park.

– She is the nicest woman that I’ve ever met.

CÁC TRƯỜNG HỢP DÙNG THAT

CÁC TRƯỜNG HỢP KHÔNG DÙNG THAT Trong mệnh đề quan hệ không xác định (có dấu phẩy)

Không dùng That khi có giới từ ở phía trước (in, on, at, of,…)

Danh từ phía trước chỉ cả người lẫn vật (hỗn từ) Ex: I see the girl and her dog that are running in the park. Sau cấu trúc so sánh nhất: The most The best & adj + est… + THAT + . . . The lest Sau các từ chỉ số thứ tự: The first, The second, The third, the last, the only,…

Không dùng That khi nó thay thế cho cả mệnh đề đứng trước, mà dùng Which để thay thế. Ex: It rained all day, which was a pity. Không dùng That với các từ chỉ lượng có giới từ đi kèm (neither of, most of, all of, none of, many of, a lot of,…)

59

https://www.facebook.com/hoanganh.098.nhna English grammar grade 9

Sau các đại từ bất định: Someone, anybody, nothing, anything, something, noone,… Và sau các đại từ: “all, much, any, few, some, little, none” WHOSE: Whose là đại từ quan hệ chỉ sở hữu. Trong ngữ pháp tiếng anh Whose đứng sau danh từ chỉ người hoặc vật và thay cho tính từ sở hữu trước danh từ. Whose luôn đi kèm với một danh từ.

9th grade synthesized English grammar

…..N (person, thing) + WHOSE + N + V ….

• Trạng từ quan hệ

Ex: – The boy whose bicycle you borrowed yesterday is Tom. – John found a cat whose leg was broken.

WHEN: When là đại từ quan hệ chỉ thời gian, đứng sau danh từ chỉ người hoặc vật và thay cho tính từ sở hữu trước danh từ chỉ thời gian. When được dùng thay cho at/on/ in which, then.

….N (time) + WHEN + S + V … (WHEN = ON / IN / AT + WHICH)

Ex: – May Day is the day when (on which) people hold a meeting. – That was the time when (at which) he managed the company. WHERE: Where là trạng từ quan hệ chỉ nơi chốn, đứng sau danh từ chỉ nơi chốn.Wheređược dùng thay cho at/ in/ to which, there. ….N (place) + WHERE + S + V ….

(WHERE = ON / IN / AT + WHICH)

Ex: – Do you know the country where (in which) I was born? – Hanoi is the place where I like to come. WHY: Why là trạng từ quan hệ chỉ lý do, đứng sau the reason. Why được dùng thay cho for which.

…..N (reason) + WHY + S + V …

• Nếu trong mệnh đề quan hệ có giới từ thì giới từ có thể đặt trước hoặc sau mệnh đề quan hệ

Ex: – Please tell me the reason why (for which) you are so sad. – He told me the reason why he had been absent from class the day before. Một số điều cần lưu ý khi sử dụng mệnh đề quan hệ trong tiếng anh

(chỉ áp dụng với whom và which.)

• Có thể dùng which thay cho cả mệnh đề đứng trước.

Ex: Mr. Brown is a nice teacher. We studied with him last year. → Mr. Brown, with whom we studied last year, is a nice teacher. → Mr. Brown, whom we studied with last year, is a nice teacher.

• Ở vị trí túc từ, whom có thể được thay bằng who.

Ex: She can’t come to my birthday party. That makes me sad. → She can’t come to my birthday party, which makes me sad.

• Trong mệnh đề quan hệ xác định , chúng ta có thể bỏ các đại từ quan hệ làm túc từ: whom,

Ex: I’d like to talk to the man whom / who I met at your birthday party.

which.

• Các cụm từ chỉ số lượng some of, both of, all of, neither of, many of, none of … có thể được

Ex: The girl you met yesterday is my close friend. The book you lent me was very interesting.

dùng trước whom, which và whose.

• Mệnh đề quan hệ xác định (Defining relative clauses)

Ex: I have two sisters, both of whom are students. She tried on three dresses, none of which fitted her 3. Các loại mệnh đề quan hệ

60

https://www.facebook.com/hoanganh.098.nhna English grammar grade 9

Là mệnh đề quan hệ dùng cho danh từ Chưa xác định. Đây là mệnh đề quan hệ cần thiết vì danh từ phía trước chưa xác định, không có nó câu sẽ không rõ nghĩa. Ex:- The man who met me at the airport gave me the money. Ta gọi mệnh đề who met me at the airport là mệnh đề quan hệ xác định vì nó rất cần thiết để bổ sung ý nghĩa cho chủ ngữ The man. Nếu không có nó, câu trên sẽ rất mơ hồ vì ta không biết The man là người đàn ông nào cả.

9th grade synthesized English grammar

Ex: The book (which / that) you lent me is very interesting. Ex: The man (whom / that) you met yesterday is coming to my house for dinner.

• Mệnh đề quan hệ không xác định (Non – defining clauses)

61

https://www.facebook.com/hoanganh.098.nhna English grammar grade 9

Là mệnh đề quan hệ dùng cho danh từ Đã xác định. Đây là mệnh đề quan hệ không cần thiết vì danh từ phía trước nó đã xác định, không có nó câu vẫn rõ nghĩa. Mệnh đề này được ngăn cách bởi dấu phẩy. Mệnh đề này không được dùng “That” Cách nhận diện mặt hàng: + Chủ ngữ là danh từ riêng (Proper noun) hoặc danh từ chỉ vật duy nhất. + Dùng cho các Tính từ sở hữu: His, her, my, your, their + Đại từ chỉ định: This, That, These, Those Ex: Shakespeare, who wrote “Romeo and Juliet”, died in 1616. (Shakespeare, người viết “Romeo & Juliet”, đã chết năm 1616) Ta gọi mệnh đề who wrote “Romeo & Juliet” là mệnh đề quan hệ không xác định vì nó chỉ bổ sung nghĩa cho chủ ngữ Shakespeare, nếu bỏ nó đi câu vẫn đầy đủ nghĩa. Ex: That house, which was built a few months ago, doesn’t look modern. (Ngôi nhà kia, cái nhà mà được xây dựng một vài tháng trước, trông không hiện đại) Vietnam, which lies in Southeast Asia, is rich in coal. (Việt Nam, nơi mà nằm ở Đông Nam Á, thì có rất nhiều than) I. Fill in the blanks with WHO, WHICH or THAT: 1. The men __________ lives next-door are English. 2. The dictionary _______ you gave me is very good. 3. Do you know the girls _______ are standing outside the church? 4. The police are looking for the thieve _______ got into my house last night. 5. The chocolate _______ you like comes from the United States. 6. I have lost the necklace _______ my mother gave me on my birthday. 7. A burglar is someone _______ breaks into a house and steals things. 8. Buses _______ go to the airport run every half hour. 9. I can't find the key _______ opens this door. 10. I gave you a book _______ had many pictures. 11. I don't like the boy _______ Sue is going out with. 12. Did you see the beautiful dress _______ she wore yesterday. 13. The man _______ she is going to marry is very rich. 14. This is the bank _______ was robbed yesterday. 15. He wore a mask _______ made him look like Mickey Mouse. II. Fill in the blanks with WHO, WHICH or WHOSE: 1. He arrived with a friend ______ waited outside in the car. 2. The man ______ mobile was ringing did not know what to do. 3. The car ______ the robbers escaped in was a BMW. 4. The woman ______ daughter was crying tried to calm her down. 5. The postman ______ works in the village is very old. 6. The family ______ car was stolen last week is the Smiths. 7. The cowboy ______ is wearing a red shirt looks very funny. 8. A bus is a big car ______ carries lots of people. 9. The volunteers, ______ enthusiasm was obvious, finished the work quickly. 10. Children ______ like music are often good at mathematics. 11. The engineers ______ designed the building received an award.

9th grade synthesized English grammar

12. The girl ______ recited the poem is my niece. 13. The townspeople, ______ pride in their community is well- known, raised enough money to build a new town hall. 14. The Pacific Ocean, ______ might have been crossed by raft during the Stone Age, is the world's largest ocean. 15. The newspaper to ______ we subscribe is delivered regularly. III. Combine These Pairs Of Sentences Using Relative Pronouns: 1. The first boy has just moved. He knows the truth. →...……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 2. I don't remember the man. You said you met him at the canteen last week. →...……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 3. The only thing is how to go home. It make me worried. →...……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 4. The most beautiful girl lives city. I like her long hair very much. →...……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 5. He was Tom. I met him at the bar yesterday. →...……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 6. The children often go swimming on Sundays. They have much free time then. →...……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 7. They are looking for the man and his dog. They have lost the way in the forest. →...……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 8. The tree has lovely flowers. The tree stands near the gate of my house. →...……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 9. My wife wants you to come to dinner. You were speaking to my wife →...……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 10. The last man has just returned from the farm. I want to talk to him at once. →...……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 11. The students will be awarded the present. The students' reports are very valuable. →...……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 12. The book was a lovely story. I was reading it yesterday. →...……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 13. The botanist will never forget the day. He found a strange plant on that day. →...……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 14. Someone is phoning you. He looked for you three hours ago. →...……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 15. The man works for my father's company. The man's daughter is fond of dancing. →...……………………………………………………………………………………………………… IV. Viết lại câu sử dụng mệnh đề quan hệ thích hợp. 1. He worked for a woman. She used to be an artist.

→...…………………………………………………………………………………………………

2. They called a doctor. He lived nearby.

3.

→...………………………………………………………………………………………………… I wrote an email to my sister. She lives in Italy. →...…………………………………………………………………………………………………

62

https://www.facebook.com/hoanganh.098.nhna English grammar grade 9

4. Linh liked the waiter. He was very friendly.

9th grade synthesized English grammar

→...…………………………………………………………………………………………………

5. We broke a car. It belonged to my uncle.

→...…………………………………………………………………………………………………

6. Ba dropped a cup. It was new.

→...…………………………………………………………………………………………………

7. Nam loves books. They have happy endings.

8.

→...………………………………………………………………………………………………… I live in a city. It is in the north of Vietnam. →...…………………………………………………………………………………………………

9. The man is in the class. He is wearing a blue hat.

→...…………………………………………………………………………………………………

10. The woman works in a hospital. She is from India.

→...…………………………………………………………………………………………………

11. My sister has four sons. She lives in Japan.

→...…………………………………………………………………………………………………

12. The man was rude. He was wearing a red shirt.

→...…………………………………………………………………………………………………

13. The phone is on the table. It belongs to An.

→...…………………………………………………………………………………………………

14. The TV got broken. It was my grandfather’s.

→...…………………………………………………………………………………………………

15. The radio was stolen. It was bought 35 years ago.

→...…………………………………………………………………………………………………

16. The girl gave Binh his phone. She is his daughter.

→...…………………………………………………………………………………………………

17. This is the laptop. My mother has just bought it.

→...…………………………………………………………………………………………………

18. That’s the man. His car is a Ferrari.

→...…………………………………………………………………………………………………

19. I know the woman. She lives upstairs.

→...…………………………………………………………………………………………………

20. It’s the dog. I always talk to him at night.

→...…………………………………………………………………………………………………

21. She opened the cupboard. She kept her best glasses in there.

→...…………………………………………………………………………………………………

22. This is the house. General Giap lived here.

→...…………………………………………………………………………………………………

23. The flight was canceled. We were going to take it.

→...…………………………………………………………………………………………………

24. I saw the lady in the shop. She was Vicki Zhao.

→...…………………………………………………………………………………………………

25. The man is a director. His dog is sick.

→...…………………………………………………………………………………………………

26. My violin is missing. It was my birthday present.

63

https://www.facebook.com/hoanganh.098.nhna English grammar grade 9

→...…………………………………………………………………………………………………

9th grade synthesized English grammar

27. I first learn English from a book. I’ve just reread it.

→...…………………………………………………………………………………………………

28. The police officer has just arrested a man. He robbed the bank.

→...…………………………………………………………………………………………………

29. These are the shoes. I bought them in HCMC.

→...…………………………………………………………………………………………………

64

https://www.facebook.com/hoanganh.098.nhna English grammar grade 9

ĐÁP ÁN I. Fill in the blanks with WHO, WHICH or THAT: 1. The men ___who___ lives next-door are English. 2. The dictionary ___which___ you gave me is very good. 3. Do you know the girls ___who___ are standing outside the church? 4. The police are looking for the thieve ___who___ got into my house last night. 5. The chocolate ___which___ you like comes from the United States. 6. I have lost the necklace ___which___ my mother gave me on my birthday. 7. A burglar is someone ___that___ breaks into a house and steals things. 8. Buses ___that___ go to the airport run every half hour. 9. I can't find the key ___which___ opens this door. 10. I gave you a book ___which___ had many pictures. 11. I don't like the boy ___who___ Sue is going out with. 12. Did you see the beautiful dress ___which___ she wore yesterday. 13. The man ___whom___ she is going to marry is very rich. 14. This is the bank ___which___ was robbed yesterday. 15. He wore a mask ___which___ made him look like Mickey Mouse. II. Fill in the blanks with WHO, WHICH or WHOSE: 1. He arrived with a friend ___who___ waited outside in the car. 2. The man ___whose___ mobile was ringing did not know what to do. 3. The car ___which___ the robbers escaped in was a BMW. 4. The woman ___whose___ daughter was crying tried to calm her down. 5. The postman ___who___ works in the village is very old. 6. The family ___whose___ car was stolen last week is the Smiths. 7. The cowboy ___who___ is wearing a red shirt looks very funny. 8. A bus is a big car ___which___ carries lots of people. 9. The volunteers, ___whose___ enthusiasm was obvious, finished the work quickly. 10. Children ___who___ like music are often good at mathematics. 11. The engineers ___who___ designed the building received an award. 12. The girl ___who___ recited the poem is my niece. 13. The townspeople, ___whose___ pride in their community is well-known, raised enough money to build a new town hall. 14. The Pacific Ocean, ___which___ might have been crossed by raft during the Stone Age, is the world's largest ocean. 15. The newspaper to ____which___ we subscribe is delivered regularly. III. Combine These Pairs Of Sentences Using Relative Pronouns: 1. The first boy who knows the truth has just moved. 2. I don't remember the man whom you said you met at the canteen last week. 3. The only thing which make me worried is how to go home. 4. The most beautiful girl, whose long hair I like very much, lives in this city. 5. The man whom I met at the bar yesterday was Tom. 6. The children often go swimming on Sundays when they have much free time. 7. They're looking for the man and his dog that have lost the way in the forest.

9th grade synthesized English grammar

8. The tree which stands near the gate of my house has lovely flowers. 9. My wife, whom you were speaking to, wants you to come to dinner. 10. I want to talk to the last man who has just returned from the farm. 11. The students whose report are very valuable will be awarded the present. 12. The book which I was reading yesterday was a lovely story. 13. The botanist will never forget the day when he found a strange plant. 14. The person who looked for you three hours ago is phoning you. 15. The man whose daughter is fond of dancing works for my father's company. IV. 1. He worked for a woman who used to be an artist. 2. They called a doctor who lived nearby. 3. I wrote an email to my sister who lives in Italy. 4. Linh liked the waiter who was very friendly. 5. We broke a car that belonged to my uncle. 6. Ba dropped a cup which was new. 7. Nam loves books that have happy endings. 8. I live in a city that is in the north of Vietnam. 9. The man who is wearing a blue hat is in the class. 10. The woman who is from India works in a hospital. 11. My sister who lives in Japan has four sons. 12. The man who was wearing a red shirt was rude. 13. The phone that belongs to An is on the table. 14. The TV that was my grandfather’s got broken. 15. The radio that was bought 35 years ago was stolen. 16. The girl who gave Binh his phone is his daughter. 17. This is the laptop which my mother has just bought. 18. That’s the man whose car is a Ferrari. 19. I know the woman who lives upstairs. 20. It’s the dog that I always talk to at night. 21. She opened the cupboard where she kept her best glasses. 22. This is the house where General Giap lived. 23. The flight that we were going to take was canceled. 24. The lady that I saw in the shop was Vicki Zhao. 25. The man whose dog is sick is a director. 26. The violin that is missing was my birthday present. 27. I’ve just reread the book which I first learned English from. 28. The police officer has just arrested the man who robbed the bank. 29. These are the shoes that I bought in HCMC. VIII. Câu so sánh - Comparison 1. So sánh bằng trong tiếng Anh a. Cách sử dụng: Dùng để so sánh 02 người, sự vật, sự việc, hiện tượng với nhau. b. Cấu trúc so sánh bằng:

• Khẳng định (positive):

• Phủ định (negative):

S + V + as + adj/adv + as + N/pronoun

Khi câu so sánh bằng ở dạng phủ định thì “as” thứ nhất sẽ được thay bằng “so”.

65

https://www.facebook.com/hoanganh.098.nhna English grammar grade 9

S + V + not + so/as + adj/adv + N/Pronoun

9th grade synthesized English grammar

Ví dụ:

• She is as beautiful as her sister. • He is not as tall as his friend.

Lưu ý:

• Sau “as” là một đại từ nhân xưng chủ ngữ, không phải là một tân ngữ. • The same…as >< different from… • Danh từ cũng có thể được dụng để so sánh nhưng phải đi kèm với các tính từ tương đương. S + V + the same + (noun) + as + noun/ pronoun

• My house is as high as his. • My house is the same height as his.

Ex:

2. So sánh hơn/kém trong tiếng Anh a. Cách sử dụng: Sử dụng để so sánh giữa 02 người, sự vật, sự việc, hiện tượng. Với loại so sánh này ta sẽ chia ra làm 02 loại: • Với tính từ ngắn (có 01 vần) • Với tính từ dài (có 02 vần trở lên) b. Cấu trúc so sánh hơn trong tiếng Anh: • Tính từ ngắn (Short Adj):

Với trường hợp này ta chỉ cần thêm đuôi “er” vào sau tính từ hoặc phó từ ngắn.

S + V + adj/adv + er + than + N/pronoun

• pretty => prettier • happy => happier

Lưu ý: Với tính từ có âm tận cùng là “y” thì phải đổi thành “i” thêm “er” và nó bị coi là tính từ ngắn. Ex:

• Tính từ dài (Long Adj):

Trong trường hợp tính từ ngắn có 1 nguyên âm kẹp giữa 02 phụ âm tận cùng thì phải gấp đôi phụ âm cuối để tránh thay đổi cách đọc.

Trong trường hợp tính từ và phó từ dài (02 âm tiết trở lên) ta thêm more/less.

S + V + more/less + adj/adv + than + N/pronoun

• He is taller than his father. • She speak English more fluently than her friend.

Ví dụ:

• Sau “than” phải là đại từ nhân xưng chủ ngữ, không phải là tân ngữ

Lưu ý:

• Khi so sánh một vật hoặc một người với tất cả người hoặc vật còn lại thì ta phải thêm “else”

S + V +adj/adv + more/less + adj/adv + than + noun/ pronoun

sauanything/anybody.

• Để nhấn mạnh thêm ta có thể thêm much/far trước tính từ của câu.

Ex: She is smarter than anybody else in the class.

• Ở mệnh đề quan hệ, chủ ngữ sau “than“/”as” có thể bỏ được nếu 2 chủ ngữ trùng nhau. • Các tân ngữ có thể bị loại bỏ sau các động từ ở mệnh đề sau “than” và “as“

66

https://www.facebook.com/hoanganh.098.nhna English grammar grade 9

Ex: She speaks English much more rapidly than she does Spanish.

9th grade synthesized English grammar

3. So sánh nhất trong tiếng Anh a. Cách sử dụng: Sử dụng để so sánh trong một đám nhiều người, sự vật, sự việc, hiện tượng. (Từu 03 người hoặc 03 vật trở lên). b. Cấu trúc so sánh hơn nhất trong tiếng Anh:

• Tính từ ngắn (Short adj): Thêm đuôi “est” ở sau tính từ và phó từ trong câu.

• Tính từ dài (Long adj): Thêm most hoặc least trước tính từ so sánh.

S + V + the + adj/adv + est + N/pronoun

S + V + the most + adj/adv + N/pronoun

• Dùng giới từ “in” với danh từ số ít. • Sử dựng giới từ “of” với danh từ số nhiều. • Thành ngữ: One ò the + so sánh nhất + noun => noun là số nhiều, động từ chia ở số ít. • Một số tính từ tuyệt đối không được dùng so sánh hơn nhất: Unique, extreme, perfect, top,

Lưu ý:

prime, primary, absolute, supreme.

• She is the most beautiful girl I have ever seen. • This is the longest river in the world.

Ví dụ:

• The more you learn, the more you know. • The sooner you start, the earlier you arrive.

Ngoài 3 cấu trúc so sánh chính trên, Boston English sẽ giới thiệu với các bạn thêm một số loại so sánh trong tiếng Anh nữa: So sánh kém và So sánh kép, so sánh bội: Một số loại so sánh trong tiếng Anh: 1. So sánh kém trong tiếng Anh: Cấu trúc: S + not so/ not as + adj + as + …… Ví dụ: Quang is 1.7 metres tall. Hung is 1.6 metres tall. Hung is not so tall as Quang. 2. So sánh kép trong tiếng Anh: Cấu trúc 1: the comparative + S + V…, the comparative + S + V… Ví dụ:

• The more you study, the smarter you will become. • The more exercises you do, the better you understand the lesson.

Cấu trúc 2: the more + S + V, the comparative + S + V Ví dụ:

Cấu trúc 3: Khi so sánh với cùng một tính từ S + V + adj + er + and + adj + er S + V + more and more + adj Ví dụ: The weather gets colder and colder.

CHÚ Ý: Một số tính từ có 2 âm tiết nhưng có tận cùng là “y, le, ow, er” khi sử dụng ở so sánh hơn hay so sánh hơn nhất nó áp dụng cấu trúc so sánh hơn của tính từ ngắn.

Tính từ Happy Simple Narrow So sánh hơn -> happier -> simpler -> narrower So sánh hơn nhất -> the happiest -> the simplest -> the narrowest

67

https://www.facebook.com/hoanganh.098.nhna English grammar grade 9

Ví dụ: - Now they are happier than they were before. (Bây giờ họ hạnh phúc hơn trước kia.) Ta thấy “happy” là một tính từ có 2 âm tiết nhưng khi sử dụng so sánh hơn, ta sử dụng cấu trúc so sánh hơn của tính từ ngắn.

9th grade synthesized English grammar

+ Một số tính từ và trạng từ biến đổi đặc biệt khi sử dụng so sánh hơn và so sánh hơn nhất. So sánh hơn -> better -> worse -> more -> less -> farther/ further

68

https://www.facebook.com/hoanganh.098.nhna English grammar grade 9

So sánh hơn nhất -> the best -> the worst -> the most -> the least -> the farthest/ furthest Tính từ/Trạng từ Good/well Bad/ badly Much/ many A little/ little Far

9th grade synthesized English grammar

Part 1 I. Hoàn thành các câu so sánh sau: 1. So sánh ngang bằng. a. Mary/tall/her brother. ________________________________________________________________________ b. A lemon/not sweet/ an orange. ________________________________________________________________________ c. A donkey/not big/ a horse. ________________________________________________________________________ d. This dress/pretty/that one. ________________________________________________________________________ e. the weather/not cold/ yesterday. ________________________________________________________________________ 2. So sánh hơn: a. A rose/beautiful/ a weed. ________________________________________________________________________ b. A dog/intelligent/ a chicken. ________________________________________________________________________ c. Ba/ friendly/ Nam. ________________________________________________________________________ d .Your house/far/from school /my house. ________________________________________________________________________ e. A horse/ strong/ a person. ________________________________________________________________________ 3. So sánh nhất: a. The Nile/long/river/ in the world. ________________________________________________________________________ b. Lan/ tall/ student / in my class. ________________________________________________________________________ c. English coffee/bad/ of all. ________________________________________________________________________ d. Australia/ small/ continent in the world. ________________________________________________________________________ e. That/high/ mountain in the world. ________________________________________________________________________ Bài tập bổ sung Bài tập 1: Hoàn thành câu bằng dạng so sánh đúng của từ trong ngoặc: 1. Her daughter is ………………….her (beautiful). 2. Summer is………………..season of the year (hot) 3. That dog isn’t ………………..it looks (dangerous) 4. In the past, people were ………………..than today (polite) 5. It is ………..today than it was yesterday (cold) 6. Our hotel was …………..than all the others in the town (cheap) 7. What’s ………………..river in the world (long) 8. It was an awful day. It was ………….day of my life (bad) 9. Everest is……………mountain in the world. It is …..….than any other mountain (high) 10. I prefer this chair to the other one. It’s ………………(comfortable) Bài tập 2: Viết lại các câu sau bắt đầu bằng từ cho trước sao cho nghĩa không thay đổi. 1. This is the most delicious cake I’ve ever tasted. => I’ve……………………………………………………………………………………

69

https://www.facebook.com/hoanganh.098.nhna English grammar grade 9

9th grade synthesized English grammar

2. I’ve never met any more dependable person than George. => George is……………………………………………………………………………… 3. There isn’t anybody as kind-hearted as your mother. => Your mother is………………………………………………………………………... 4. There is no better teacher in this school than Mr John. => Mr John is……………………………………………………………………………... 5. Have you got any bigger than that one? => Is this…………………………………………………………………………………? Answer key Bài 1: 1. Her daughter is as beautiful as her. 2. Summer is the hottest season of the year. 3. That dog isn’t as dangerous as it looks. 4. In the past, people were more polite than today. 5. It is colder today than it was yesterday. 6. Our hotel was cheaper than all the others in the town. 7. What’s the longest river in the world. 8. It was an awful day. It was the worst day of my life. 9. Everest is the highest mountain in the world. It is higher than any other mountain. 10. I prefer this chair to the other one. It’s more comfortable. Bài 2: 1. This is the most delicious cake I’ve ever tasted. => I’ve never tasted a more delicious cake than this one. 2. I’ve never met any more dependable person than George. => George is the most dependable person I’ve ever met. 3. There isn’t anybody as kind-hearted as your mother. => Your mother is more kind-hearted than anyone. 4. There is no better teacher in this school than Mr John. => Mr John is the best teacher in this school. 5. Have you got any bigger hat than that one? => Is this the smallest hat you’ve got? II. Rewrite these sentences, keeping the original meaning: 1. My house is bigger than your house. => Your house is_______________________________________________________ 2. The black car is cheaper than the red car. => The red car__________________________________________________________ 3. This film is more interesting than that one. => That film is__________________________________________________________ 4. My kitchen is smaller than yours. => Your kitchen_________________________________________________________ 5. My grandmother is older than every one in my family. => My grandmother is the_________________________________________________ 6. No one in my class is as tall as Tam. => Tam is the_________________________________________________________ 7. I can’t cook as well as my mother. => My mother can cook_________________________________________________ 8. He does not play tennis as well as Jack. => Jack can___________________________________________________________ 9. I did not spend as much money as you. => You spent__________________________________________________________ 10. I don’t think this book is expensive as it is.

70

https://www.facebook.com/hoanganh.098.nhna English grammar grade 9

9th grade synthesized English grammar

9. the most important 10. more difficult 11. as difficult 12. colder - colder 13. more - more serious

=> This book is_________________________________________________________ 11. He is the tallest boy in his class. => No one in___________________________________________________________ 12. This is the most interesting film of all. => No other films are____________________________________________________ 13. No cars in the world are more expensive than Japanese ones. => Japanese cars _______________________________________________________ 14. This exercise is easier than that one. => That exercise is not____________________________________________________ 15. He drives more carefully than Jack does. => Jack________________________________________________________________ 16. No one in the group plays better than he. => He can______________________________________________________________ 17. No hotel in the city is as comfortable as this. => This hotel is the _______________________________________________________ 18. Other oceans in the world aren’t as large as the Pacific one. => The Pacific Ocean is ____________________________________________________ BÀI TẬP VIẾT LẠI CÂU SO SÁNH BÀI SỐ 2 I. Chia đúng từ trong ngoặc: 1. It’s ..........smaller............. than mine. (small) 2. Yours is .........bigger.............. than mine. (big) 3. It cost .........less.............. than I thought. (little) 4. He’s .........more intelligent.............. than he looks. (intelligent) 5. The road is ........more narrow............... than the motorway. (narrow) 6. She talks .......quicker................ than I do.(quickly) 7. It’s .........worse.............. than it looks.(bad) 8. It’s ..........better............. than it was.(good) 9. It was ........quicker............... than I thought it would be. (quick) 10. I’d like some ..........farther............. information about your courses. (far) II. Dùng các hình thức so sánh với tính từ trong ngoặc: 1. Mary is 10 years old. Julie is 8 years old. Mary is (old) ............................Julie. 2. The Alps are very high. They are (high) ..........................mountains in Europe. 3. An ocean is (large) ................................ a sea. 4. A Rolls Royce costs a lot of money. A Twingo costs less money. A Rolls Royce is (expensive) ...............................a Twingo. 5. John’s results were good. Fred’s results were very poor. Fred’s results were (bad) ................................John’s. 6. This exercise is not difficult. It’s (easy) ...............................I expected. 7. The weather is not good today - it’s raining. I hope the weather will be (good) ........................next week. 8. People are not friendly in big cities. They are usually (friendly)......................in small towns. 9. In the government of a country, the President is (important)……....…….....person. 10. People say that Chinese is (difficult) ...................to learn than English. 11. This test is not (difficult) .....................as it was last month. 12. The winter is coming. It is getting (cold) ..................and (cold) ................... 13. The problem seems to be (serious) ..........and ............ Đáp án: 1. older than 2. higher than 3. larger than 4. more expensive 5. worse than 6. easier than 7. better 8. Friendlier III. Chia dạng đúng của tính từ trong ngoặc: 1. The movie was (interesting) ................than the one on TV.

71

https://www.facebook.com/hoanganh.098.nhna English grammar grade 9

9th grade synthesized English grammar

13. longest

5. nicer 6. biggest 7. best 8. more powerful

9. richer 10. more difficult 11. most expensive 12. most expensive

13. The joke is good. The laughter is loud. => The better …………………………………… 14. She gets fat. She feels tired. => The fatter …………………………………… 15. As he gets older, he wants to travel less. => The older ……………………………………… 16. The children are excited with the difficult games. => The more ……………………………………… 17. People dive fast. Many accidents happen. => The faster ……………………………………… 18. I meet him much. I hate him much => The more ……………………………………… 19. My boss works better when he is pressed for time, => The less ………………………………………… 20. As he has much money, he wants to spend much. => The more ………………………………………… 21. If you read many books, you will have much knowledge. => The more ……………………………………………… 22. He speaks too much and people feel bored. => The more ………………………………………… 23. The growth in the economy makes people’s living condition better. => The more……………………………………………… 24. People learn a lot of things as they travel far. => The farther …………………………………

2. We’ve got (little) ............................time than I thought. 3. This shirt is too small. I need a ( large) .................one. 4. Lan is (clever) .................and (pretty) ...................than Lien. 5. She is (nice) ...........................than I expected. 6. This was the (big) ......................farm I’ve ever visited. 7. Who between the two workers is the (good) .......................? 8. This old machine is (powerful) ................than we thought. 9. The farmers have never had a (rich) ............ harvest than that. 10. Which is (difficult) ........................, English or Math? 11. It is the (expensive) .....................of the two cars. 12. Which is the (expensive) .....................of these two coats? 13. What is the (long) ...................river in Vietnam. Đáp án: 1. more interesting 2. less 3. larger 4. cleverer - prettier IV. Viết lại các câu sau sao cho nghĩa không đổi: 1. Her old house is bigger than her new one. => Her new house…………………………………….. 2. No one in my class is taller than Peter. => Peter ………………………………………………. 3. The black dress is more expensive than the white one. => The white dress …………………………………. 4. According to me, English is easier than Maths. => According to me, Maths ………………………… 5. No one in my group is more intelligent than Mary. => Mary …………………………………………… 6. No river in the world is longer than the Nile. => The Nile ………………………………………… 7. Mount Everest is the highest mountain in the world. => No mountain …………………………………… 8. This is the first time I have ever met such a pretty girl. => She is …………………………………………… 9. He works much. He feels tired. => The more ………………………………………… 10. This computer works better than that one. => That computer ………………………………… 11. The apartment is big. The rent is high. => The bigger …………………………………… 12. We set off soon. We will arrive soon. => The sooner …………………………………… Đáp án: 1. Her new house isn’t so/as big as her old one. 2. Peter is the tallest in my class. 3. The white dress isn’t so/ as expensive as the black one. 4. According to me, Maths isn’t so/as easy as English. 5. Mary is the most intelligent in my group. 6. The Nile is the longest river in the world. 7. No mountain in the world is higher than Mount Everest.

72

https://www.facebook.com/hoanganh.098.nhna English grammar grade 9

9th grade synthesized English grammar

A. the best

B. the most

C. the more D. the greater

A. expensive

B. more expensive C. expensively D. most expensive

A. the soonest

C. the more soon D. the sooner

A. cheapest B. cheapest ones C. the cheapest ones D. the most cheapest

B. more beautifully C. as beautiful D. the most beautifully

A. as beautifully

B. less crowded C. more crowded D. most crowded

A. crowded

B. higher C. the highest D. the higher

A. highest

B. as clearly as you can

A. as clear as you can C. as clear than you are D. as clearly as you are

C. happier

B. the happiest

A. the happier

D. happiest

C. more smarter

B. the smarter

D. more smart

A. lazier and lazier C. lazier and more lazy

B. more and more lazy D. more lazy and lazier

C. more noisy

B. more quiet

D. quieter

A. noisier

B. The more fast / the nervous D. The faster / the more nervous

A. The faster / the nervous C. The fast / the more nervous

8. She is the prettiest girl I have ever met. 9. The more he works, the more tired he feels. 10. That computer doesn’t work so/as well as that one. 11. The bigger the apartment is, the higher the rent is. 12.The better the joke is, the louder the laughter is. 14. The fatter she gets, the more tired she feels. 15. The older he gets, the less he want to travel. 16. The more difficult the games are, the more excited the children are. 17. The faster people drive, the more accidents happen. 18.The more I meet him, the more I hate him. 19. The less time my boss has, the better he works. 20. The more money he has, the more he wants to spend. 21. The more books you read, the more knowledge you will have. 22.The more he speaks, the more bored people feel. 23.The more the economy grows, the better people’s living condition is. 24. The farther people travel, the more the learn. Chọn đáp án đúng 1. Of the four dresses, which is ………………..expensive? 2. The larger the apartment, the................... the rent. 3. The faster we walk,………….. we will get there. B. the soon 4. “ Why did you buy these oranges? ” “They were ……….….. I could find. ” 5. She plays the piano …………… as she sings. 6. The streets are getting more and …………… these days. 7. The larger the city, …………… the crime rate. 8. You must explain your problems ………….... 9. Pil is ……………… person we know. 10. Which woman are you going to vote for? –I’m not sure. Everyone says that Joan is…………. A. smarter 11. Bill is ……………… 12. It’s too noisy here. Can we go somewhere …………………? 13. ………………..the time passes, …………….I feel ! The deadline of my thesis is coming, but I have just finished half of it. 14. China is the country with…………………..population.

C. the largest

B. the more large

A. the larger

D. the most large

73

https://www.facebook.com/hoanganh.098.nhna English grammar grade 9

9th grade synthesized English grammar

15. She sat there quietly, but during all that time she was getting…………….Finally she exploded.

A. more and more angry C. angrier and angrier

B. the more angry D. the most angry

A. the better or the worse C. good or bad

B. as seriously as D. as serious than

A. more seriously as B. more serious than

A. more early than C more earlier as

B. The more / the much D. The more hard / the more good

B. as twice big as D. as big as twice

16. For ……………….., it is certain that in the future some things will be very different. B. the good or the bad D. better or worse 17. Her grandfather’s illness was…………………..we thought at first. 18. My brother was feeling tired last night, so he went to bed…………..usual. B. as early as D. earlier than 19._______ you study for these exams, _______ you will do. A. The harder / the better C. The hardest / the best 20. His house is _______ mine. A. twice as big as C. as two times big as 21. Nobody is happy than Miss Snow is. ( happier) 22. He needs many more sugar than I do. (much) 23. Does Mary feel weller today than she did yesterday? (better) 24. It’s becoming hard and harder to find a job. (harder) 25. The more you have, the most you want. (The more)

BÀI TẬP VIẾT LẠI CÂU SO SÁNH TRONG TIẾNG ANH BÀI SỐ 3

I. Viết dạng so sánh hơn của những từ trong ngoặc. 1. Can't you think of anything _____________(intelligent) to say? 2. Well, the place looks _____________(clean) now. 3. Janet looks ____________(thin) than she did. 4. You need to draw it ______________(carefully) . 5. The weather is getting ___________ (bad). 6. The programme will be shown at a __________ (late) date. 7. I can't stay ________________(long) than half an hour. 8. A mobile phone would be a_______________ (useful) present. 9. I'll try to finish the job ________________ (soon). 10. It was_______________ (busy) than usual in town today. 11. I'll be even_____________ (annoyed) if you do that again. 12. Since the break-in I feel ____________ (nervous). II. Viết dạng so sánh nhất của những từ trong ngoặc. Ex: It's the shortest (short) day of the year. It's the most beautiful (beautiful) building in the world. 1. That was the __________ (funny) film I've ever seen. 2. It was the ______________(horrible) feeling I've ever had. 3. Have you read her ______________(recent) book? 4. It's the _______________(large) company in the country. 5. It was the _______________(boring) speech I've ever heard. 6. You've got the _______________(far) to travel. 7. That's the _____________(helpful) idea so far. 8. The factory uses the ________________ (modern) production methods. 9. This is the __________________(early) I've ever got up.

74

https://www.facebook.com/hoanganh.098.nhna English grammar grade 9

9th grade synthesized English grammar

10. It was the ________________(sad) day of my life. III. Một số câu dưới đây đúng, và một số có một từ thừa. Nếu câu nào đúng, hãy thêm dấu V vào bên cạnh. Nếu câu nào không đúng, hãy gạch bỏ từ thừa và viết từ đó ra khoảng trống.

I’ve got the least powerful computer in the world.

V

>> more

London is more bigger than Birmingham. 1. Silver isn't as expensive as gold. 2. Indian food is the nicer than Chinese, I think. 3. The telephone is one of the most useful inventions ever. 4. I feel a much better now, thank you. 5. The longer you wait, so the harder it'll be. 6. The piano is heavier than the sofa. 7. This is the quickest way to the hotel. 8. You're taller than he is. 9. Who is the cleverest student in of the class? 10. The weather is getting hotter and hotter.

V. Sử dụng từ trong ngoặc để hoàn chỉnh những câu sau đây sao cho vẫn giữ nguyên nghĩa gốc. Ex: This train is more convenient than all the others. (most) This train is the most convenient. 1. The living-room isn't as big as the kitchen. (bigger) The kitchen __________. 2. I'm not as fit as you. (am) You're __________. 3. The table and the desk are the same size. (big) The table __________the desk. 4. Prices just get higher all the time. (and) Prices __________. 5. The dress is cheaper than the skirt. (expensive) The skirt __________ the dress. 6. This crossword is the easiest. (difficult) This crossword __________. 7. Their excitement was increasing all the time. (excited) They were getting __________. 8. I've never read a more romantic story. (most) It's the __________read. Part 2 I. Choose the correct answer.

75

https://www.facebook.com/hoanganh.098.nhna English grammar grade 9

9th grade synthesized English grammar

comfortable simple boring

warm lucky

intelligent difficult

cheap hot

1. Of the four dresses, I like the red one (better/ best). 2. Pat’s car is (faster/ fastest) than Dan’s. 3. John is (less/ least) athletic of all the men. 4. Does Fred feel (weller/ better) today than he did yesterday? 5. My cat is the (prettier/ prettiest) of the two. 6. This vegetable soup tastes very (good/ best). 7. David is the (happier/ happiest) person that we know. 8. This summery is (the better/ the best) of the pair. 9. Jim has as (few/ fewer) opportunities to play tennis as I do. 10. The museum is (the further/ the furthest) away of the three buildings. II. Complete the following sentences with the appropriate form of the words in brackets. 1. Learning to speak a language is often much (easy) ___________________ than learning to write it. 2. This hotel must be (expensive)____________________ than the small one next door. 3. He is certainly (unusual)___________________person I have ever met. 4. His latest film is (interesting)_____________________ than his previous ones. 5. What is (difficult)_______________________ thing you have ever done? 6. Losing your credit card is (bad)_______________________ than losing your money. 7. Bringing up children is one of (hard)_____________________ jobs in the world. 8. When I saw her, she looked much (thin)______________________ than I remembered her. III. Complete the sentences below, using the suitable comparison form of the adjectives from the box. One of these adjectives is used twice. 1. This exercise is too easy – can’t we try a ____________________ one? 2. England is too cold in spring – let’s go to Spain where is ____________________. 3. She comes top in all exams – she must be _________________________ girl in the class. 4. The temperature in July reaches forty – four degrees – it’s ______________________ month of the year. 5. Let’s buy this video – it doesn’t cost too much – it’s ______________________ the other one. 6. When I passed my driving test, it was the _________________________ day of my life. 7. Lying down in bed is ___________________________ sitting on a hard chair. 8. I could hardly keep awake – it was _______________________________ film I’ve ever seen. 9. She’s ______________________________ person I know – she is always winning prizes in lotteries. 10. I can’t do this test – can you give me a ______________________________ one? IV. Match the phrases in A with suitable ones in B and C to make meaningful sentences.

A

B

C

1. Jonathan is 2. My great-great aunt is 3. London is 4. Alaska is 5. The guitar player is 6. The Nile is 7. My parents’ room is 8. The Mercedes is 9. Sarah is 10. June 21th is

A. the biggest state B. the longest river C. the best musician D. the fastest runner E. the biggest city F. the oldest person G. the most expensive H. the longest day I. the youngest J. the biggest

m. in the group. n. in my family. o. in the team. p. in the world. q. in Britain. r. in the USA. s. of the four bedrooms. t. of the five girls. u. of the three cars. v. of the year.

V. Rewrite the sentences, beginning as shown. 1. Yesterday the temperature was nine degrees, but today it is only six degrees. →It’s ......................................................................................................................................................................................... 2. I expected my friends arrived at about 4p.m. In fact they arrived at 2:30.

76

https://www.facebook.com/hoanganh.098.nhna English grammar grade 9

9th grade synthesized English grammar

→ My friends ............................................................................................................................................................................ 3. Jane cooks better than her sister. → Jane’s sister ................................................................................................................. 4. Tom is the best football player in this team. → Nobody in this team .................................................................................. 5. Nothing is faster than the speed of light. → The speed of light ........................................................................................... 6. Jack is younger than he looks. → Jack isn’t ......................................................................................................................... 7. I didn’t spend as much money as you do. → ........................................................................................................................ 8. I have never met anyone as interesting as he is. → He is .................................................................................................... VI. Complete the sentences below, using Comparative + and + comparative 1. The company expanded rapidly. It grew (big) _____________________________ all the time. 2. Cathy got (bored) __________________________________ in her job. In the end, she left. 3. My bag seemed to get (heavy) ___________________________ as I carried them. 4. As I waited for my interview, I became (nervous) _________________________________. 5. As the day went on, the weather got (bad) _______________________________. 6. Healthcare is becoming (expensive) _________________________. 7. As the conversation went on, Tom became (talkative) __________________________. 8. These days, (many) _____________________________ people are learning English. 9. The company’s share price went (high) ______________________. 10. Life got (good) _________________for boss Bob Watt as the company became (successful)____________ 11. Life in the modern world is becoming (complex) ____________________________. 12. When I get excited, my heart beats (fast) ___________________________. 13. The little boy seemed to get (upset)________________________. 14. It’s getting (difficult)__________________________ to find a job. 15. The noise got (loud)_________________________ as we approached the house. VII. Complete the sentences below, using the information in brackets. 1. The older you get, ______________________________________(You are understanding). 2. The younger you are, ____________________________________(you learn quickly). 3. The earlier we start, ________________________________ (it is good). 4. The bigger a supermarket is, __________________________________ (the choice is wide). 5. The more you learn, _____________________________________ (you know a lot about the world). 6. The more we practice a language, _________________________________ (we can speak fluently). 7. The more he plays sport, ______________________________________ (he looks healthy). 8. The higher the humidity is, ______________________________________ (people feel uncomfortable). VIII. Complete the sentences below, using The comparative…, the comparative… 1. The crowd became increasingly angry at the long delay. ➔ _____________________ the delay (was), ________________________ the crowd became. 2. The value of a picture depends on how famous the artist is. ➔ ________________________ an artist (is), ______________________________ the picture is. 3. How well I sleep depends on how late I go to bed. ➔ ____________________________ I go to bed, __________________________I sleep. 4. I don’t spend much time with my family because I work so hard. ➔ __________________________ I work, __________________________ I spend with my family. 5. The traffic moves very slowly as more cars comes into the city. ➔ __________________ cars come into the city, _______________________ the traffic moves. 6. How much you sweat depends on how hot you get. ➔ ____________________ you get, _________________________ you sweat. 7. It’s hard to concentrate when you are tired. ➔ _____________________ you are, _________________________ it is to concentrate. 8. How much petrol a car uses depends on how big the engine is. ➔ _______________________ the engine (is), ______________________ the car uses. 9. If a knife is sharp, it is easy to cut something with.

77

https://www.facebook.com/hoanganh.098.nhna English grammar grade 9

9th grade synthesized English grammar

A. taller than

C. the tallest

B. so tall as

D. tallest

A. more intelligent

B. so intelligent

C. intelligenter

D. intelligent

B. further

A. farther

D. farer

C. far

C. gooder

D. weller

B. better

A. well

B. earliest

C. earlier

D. early

A. early

B. the more understanding D. understandinger

D. so old

B. as old

C. older

A. old

C. more large

B. largest

D. larger

A. large

D. oldest

C. eldest

A. older

➔________________________ a knife (is), _______________________ it is to cut something. 10. I became increasingly nervous about her fast driving. ➔ ______________________ she drove, _________________________ I became. IX. Complete the second sentence so that the meaning stays the same. 1. His previous CD wasn’t as popular as this one.➔ This CD…………………………………………………………. 2. I haven’t taken as much interest in football as you have.➔ You have ................................................................................ 3. I was less interested in the film than I had expected.➔The film ......................................................................................... 4. Britain isn’t as warm as Greece.➔ Greece .......................................................................................................................... 5. I have been to fewer countries than you have.➔ I haven’t ................................................................................................. 6. Couldn’t you find a better hotel?➔ Is this ........................................................................................................................... 7. He lost his money simply because he wasn’t careful.➔ If he ............................................................................................. 8. He has never behaved so violently before.➔He is behaving ............................................................................................... 9. As television programs become more popular, they seem to get worse. ➔ The more ............................................................................................................................................................................. 10. My boss works better when he’s pressed for time.➔The less ........................................................................................... X. Which is correct or both of them? Underline the correct answer(s). 1. My older/ elder sister is a TV producer. 2. I’m surprised Mary is only 25. I thought she was older/ elder. 3. Jane’s younger sister is still at school. Her older/ elder sister is a nurse. 4. Is she younger than you? – No, she is older/ elder than me. 5. I must ring home today and find out if there’s any further/ father news about my grandmother and her operation. 6. Paris is further/ father north than Tokyo. 7. John ran further/ father than his friend did. 8. I gave my old laptop to my sister because I had no further/ father use for it. 9. This is the latest/ last news. 10. This is the latest/ last time I lend you my car. 11. I think this is his latest/ last but not his latest/ last literacy work. 12. This jacket is the latest/ last fashion. XI. Choose the best answer. 1. Peter is ________ student in my class. 2. Jane is not ________ as her brother. 3. Can Tho is ________ from Sai Gon than Bien Hoa is. 4. Bao Yen sings ________ than this singer. 5. The ________ we start, the sooner we will be back. 6. The harder this student works, ________ he becomes. A. the most understanding C. more understanding 7. My father is ________ as yours. 8. HCM city is ________ than Hanoi. 9. She is the ________ daughter in her family. B. more old 10. She speaks English as ________ as you.

78

https://www.facebook.com/hoanganh.098.nhna English grammar grade 9

9th grade synthesized English grammar

A. clear

B. clearly

C. clearness

D. clearer

C. rich

A. richer

B. more rich

D. the richer

A. careful as

B. more carefully

C. the most careful

D. carefully as

A. sooner as

C. as soon as

B. no sooner as

D. soonest as

A. beautiful

B. more beautiful

C. the most beautiful

D. so beautiful as

B. More

A. For more

C. The more

D. The most

B. faster

A. more fastly

C. more faster

D. faster more

C. as rapid as

A. as rapidly as

D. as rapid than

A. as popular than

B. more popular than

C. the most popular

D. most popular than

C. best

A. good

D. the better

A. badest

B. most bad

D. worst

A. rapidly

B. more rapidly

C. the most rapidly

D. rapid

B. better

C. good

A. best

D. the best

A. such many

C. so much

D. so many

A. was such inexperienced B. was not experienced enough C. was too inexperienced D. both B and C

B. drove so fastly that

C. drove so fast that D. drove such fast that

A. The more old/ the more weak C. The older/ the weakest

B. The older/ the weaker D. older/ weaker

C. more bad

B. the worst

A. worst

D. worse

A. badder and badder

C. worst and worst

D.more and more

A. good and good

C. the better and the better

D. better and better

A. Many and many

B. Most and most

C. More and more

D. The more

11. The ________ he is, the more miserable he gets. 12. He drives as ________ his father does. 13. I’ll be there ________ I can. 14. Of the two sisters, Linda is ________. 15. ________ I get to know her, the more I like her. 16. In stead of slowing down, he drove ________. 17. Hotels have developed ________ restaurants. B. so rapidly that 18. Commercial centres are ________ they were many years ago. 19. What’s the ________ film you have ever seen? B. better 20. The ________ accident in the history of the city happened last night. C. worse 21. He finished the test ________ of all. 22. This is ________ man of all I’ve known. 23. The man bought ________ books that he needed assistance to carry them. B. too many 24. He ________ to be offered that job. 25. He ________ I was scared. A. drove too fast that 26. ________ the man gets, ________ he becomes. 27. I did ________ than I expected on the test, but not really badly. 28. I can’t stand this weather. It’s getting ________. B. worse and worse worse 29. Health care in the country is said to become ________. B. best and best 30. ________ people use the internet every day. Part 3 Ex.1 Choose the best answer 1. As she did so, her parents became _______.

a. the angriest c. the more angry

b. the most angry d. angrier and angrier

2. People should eat ____ and do ____ to reduce the risk of heart disease. a. less fat/ more exercise b. less and less fat/ the more exercise

79

https://www.facebook.com/hoanganh.098.nhna English grammar grade 9

9th grade synthesized English grammar

c. the less fat/ the more exercise

d. fatter/ more exercise

3. He spent a year in India and loves spicy food. _______ the food is, _______ he likes it.

a. The hotter/ the more and more c. The more and more hot/ the more

b. The hotter/ the more d. The hottest/ the most

4. Of course you can come to the party. _______.

b. The more and the merrier d. The more and more merrier

a. The more the merrier c. The more and merrier 5. I feel _______ I did yesterday. a. much more tired than c. as many tired as

b. many more tired than d. as more tired as

b. more of an athlete than d. an athlete of more than

6. She is _______ a spectator. a. more an athlete than c. an athlete more than 7. His house is _______ mine.

a. twice as big as c. as two times big as

b. as twice big as d. as big as twice

8. ____ live in Ho Chi Minh City than in the whole of the rest of the country.

a. As much as people c. As many as people

b. More people d. People more

9. It gets _______ to understand what the professor has explained.

b. more difficult than

a. the more difficult c. difficult more and more d. more and more difficult

10. You must drive slower in built up areas. _______ you drive in the city, it is _______ that you will have an

accident. a. The faster and faster/ the more b. The faster/ the more probable c. The more and more fast/ the more and more probable d. The more fastly/ the probable

Ex.2 1. The party was _______ I had expected. a. more a hundred times funny than c. a hundred times funnier than

b. a hundred times funny more than d a hundred times more funny than

2. He finds physics _______ other science subjects.

a. far more difficult than b. many more difficult than c. too much more difficult than

d. more much difficult than

3. _______ he drank, _______ he became.

b. The most/ the most violent d. The less/ less violent

a. More/ more violent c. The more/ the more violent 4. Mary was _______ of the two sisters.

a. the clever

b. as clever as

c. the cleverer

d. the cleverest

5. French is a _______ language to learn than English is.

a. difficult c. most difficult

b. more difficult d. more and more difficult

a. more famous than that of England c. more famous than which of England

6. The cuisine of France is _______. b. famous than the cuisine of England d. as famous than that of England 7. Earning money has always been the thing that pleases him most. _______ he becomes, he is.

b. The richest/ the happiest

a. The more rich/ the more happy c. The richer/ the happier d. Richer and richer/ happier and happier

8. The fast we finish, _______.

a. the sooner we can leave b. we can leave sooner and sooner

80

https://www.facebook.com/hoanganh.098.nhna English grammar grade 9

9th grade synthesized English grammar

c. the sooner can we leave d. we can leave the sooner

9. Of all athletes, Alex is _______.

a. the less qualified c. the more and more qualified

b. the less and less qualified d. the least qualified,

10. The climber was seventy miles in the wrong direction and got _______.

a. more panicked c. more than panicked

b. the more panicked d. more and more panicked

Ex.3 1. _______ you study for these exams, _______ you will do.

a. The harder/ the better c. The hardest/ the best

b. The more/ the much d. The more hard/ the more good,

2. My neighbor is driving me mad! It seems that _______ it is at night, _______ he plays his music!

a. the less/ the more loud c. the more late/ the more loudlier

b. the less/ less d. the later/ the louder 3. Thanks to the progress of science and technology, our lives have become _______.

b. better and better

a. more and more good c. the more and more good d. gooder and gooder 4. The Sears Tower is _______ building in Chicago.

a. taller

b. the more tall

c. the tallest

d. taller and taller

b. twice expensive more than

5. Petrol is _______ it used to. a. twice as expensive as c. twice more than expensive

d. more expensive than twice

6. Peter is _______ John.

a. younger and more intelligent than c. more intelligent and younger than

b. more young and intelligent than d. the more intelligent and younger than

7. San Diego is the ……………..town in Southern California.

a. more nice and nice

b. the nicest

c. nicest

d. nicer and nicer

8. It gets _______ when the winter is coming.

a. cold and cold c. colder and colder

b. the coldest and coldest d. more and more cold

9. Robert does not have _______ Peter does.

a. money more than c. more money as

b. as many money as d. as much money as

10. The Mekong Delta is _______ deltas in Vietnam.

a. the largest of the two c. one of the two largest

b. the more larger of the two d. one of the two larger

81

https://www.facebook.com/hoanganh.098.nhna English grammar grade 9

9th grade synthesized English grammar

Use double comparartive to complete these following sentences 1. They are big, they fall fast. → The ______________________________________________________ 2. It is hot, I feel miserable. → The ______________________________________________________ 3. I look into your eyes much, I love you much. → The ______________________________________________________ 4. He got old, he became bad-tempered. → The ______________________________________________________ 5- He worked hard. He felt very bad. → The ______________________________________________________ 6- When we think of the exam, we get more and more excited. → The ______________________________________________________ 7- As this road gets busier, it becomes more and more dangerous. → The ______________________________________________________ 8- When you get near to the Equator, the temperature becomes high. → The ______________________________________________________ 9- If she stays in England a long time, her English will be very good. → The ______________________________________________________ 10- You write fast, your writing becomes illegible. → The ______________________________________________________ 11. She is mature, she becomes beautiful. → The ______________________________________________________ 12. He study much, he becames stupid. → The ______________________________________________________ 13. He drinks much water, he becomes thirsty. → The ______________________________________________________ 14. He is mature, he becomes intelligent → The ______________________________________________________ 15. You speak English much, your English will be good. → The ______________________________________________________ 16. People save much paper, much wood pulp is preserved → The ______________________________________________________ 17. We make much paper, it becomes cheap. → The ______________________________________________________ 18. Petrol becomes expensive, people drive little. → The ______________________________________________________ 19. You make much money, you spend much. → The ______________________________________________________ 20. You work hard, you will get good results. → The ______________________________________________________ 21. You learn with him much, you will know him well. → The ______________________________________________________ 22. Many people live in this city, they need many services. → The ______________________________________________________ 23. You do much exercise, you are fit. → The ______________________________________________________ 24. He wrote much, his writing becomes good. → The ______________________________________________________ 25. They use much wood pulp, they cut many trees. → The ______________________________________________________

82

https://www.facebook.com/hoanganh.098.nhna English grammar grade 9

9th grade synthesized English grammar

26. They travel much, they know about the world good. → The ______________________________________________________ 27. Jack eats much, he becomes fat. → The ______________________________________________________ 28. We start late, we get into many traffic jams. → The ______________________________________________________ 29. We breathe much polluted air, we will get weak. → The ______________________________________________________ 30. Means of transport are cheap, they become popular. → The ______________________________________________________ 31. She studies hard, she will get good grades. → The ______________________________________________________ 32. You rest much, you will feel better. → The ______________________________________________________ 33. The weather is warmer, I feel better. → The ______________________________________________________ 34. We leave early, we will arrive soon. → The ______________________________________________________ 35. We have much knowledge, we become wise. → The ______________________________________________________ 36. You are young, you learn easily. → The ______________________________________________________ 37. the hotel is expensive, the services are good. → The ______________________________________________________ 38. You use much electricity, your bill will be high. → The ______________________________________________________ 39. I thought about the plan, I like it little. → The ______________________________________________________ 40. He is old, he learns slowly. → The ______________________________________________________ 41. She eats much, she will become fat → The ______________________________________________________ 42. She is older, she becomes more beautiful → The ______________________________________________________ 43. You have much, you want more → The ______________________________________________________ 44. I waited long. I got angry → The ______________________________________________________ 45. I live far. I feel homesick → The ______________________________________________________ 46. He got old. He became quiet → The ______________________________________________________ 47. he drove fast. I became nervous → The ______________________________________________________ 48. A flat is big. The rent is high → The ______________________________________________________ 49. The sun is high, the shadow is low. → The ______________________________________________________ 50. I study much, I know lots of. → The ______________________________________________________

83

https://www.facebook.com/hoanganh.098.nhna English grammar grade 9

9th grade synthesized English grammar

25. The more wood pulp they use, the more trees they cut. 26. The more they travel,the better they know about the world. 27. The more Jack eat , the fatterhe becomes. 28. The later we start, the more traffic jams we get into. 29. The more polluted air we breathe, the weaker we will get. 30. The cheaper means of transport are, the more popular they become. 31. The harder she studies, the better grades she will get. 32. The more you rest, the better you will feel. 33. The warmer the weather is, the better I feel. 34. The earlier we leave, the sooner we will arrive. 35. The more knowledge we have, the wiser we become. 36. The younger you are, the more easily you learn. 37. The more expensive the hotel is, the better the services are. 38. The more electricity you use, the higher your bill will be. 39.The more I thought about the plan, the less I like it 40. The older he is , the slowlier he learns. 41. The more she eats, the fatter she will become 42. The older she is, The more beautiful she become 43. The more you have, the more you want 44. The longer I waited, the angrier I got 45. The farther I live, the more homesick I feel. 46. The older he got, the quieter he became 47. The faster she drove, the more nervous I became 48. The bigger a flat is, the higher the rent is. 49. The sun is high, the shadow is low. 50. The more I study, the more I know 51. The more I know, the more I forget 52. The more I forget, the less I know.

51. I know alot, I forget much. → The ______________________________________________________ 52. I forget much , I know little. → The ______________________________________________________ Answer key. 1. The bigger they are, the faster they fall. 2. The hotter it is, the more miserable I feel 3. The more I look into your eyes, the more I love you. 4. The older he got, the more bad-temper he became. 5- The harder he worked , the worse he felt . 6- The more we think of the exam, the more excited we get 7- The busier this road gets, the more dangerous it becomes 8- The nearer you get to the equator, the higherthe temperature becomes. 9- The longer she stays in England , the better her English will be 10- The faster you write, the more illegible your writing becomes 12. the more he study, the more stupid he becames. 11. The more mature she is, the more beautiful she becomes. 13. The more water he drinks, The thirstier he becomes. 14. The more mature he is, the more intelligent he becomes 15. The more you speak English, the better your English will be. 16. The more paper people save , the more wood pulp is preserved 17. The more paper we make, the cheaper it becomes. 18. The more expensive petrol becomes, the less people drive. 19. The more money you make, the more you spend. 20. The harder you work, the better results you will get. 21. The more I learn with him, the better you will know him . 22. The more people live in this city, the more services they need. 23. The more exercise you do, the fitter you are. 24. The more he wrote, the better his writing becomes.

84

https://www.facebook.com/hoanganh.098.nhna English grammar grade 9

9th grade synthesized English grammar

BÀI TẬP TRẮC NGHIỆM PHẦN SO SÁNH TRONG TIẾNG ANH

b. sunny

c. cloudy

d. rainy

c. carelessly

d. carefully

c. seasons

d. periods

b. rainy

c. snowy

d. windy

b. boringly

c. carelessly

d. carefully

c. happily

d. noisily

c. floods

d. sun

d. temperature

b. level

d. season

c. temperature

d. beautifully

b . softly

b. hotter

c. hottest

d. hoter

b. bad

c. worse

d. worst

c. biggest

b. bigger

d. biger

c. quickest

d. quick

c. goodly

b. best

d. well

c. dancing

b. dance

d, danced

c. being

b. is

d. be

b. staying

c. stayed

d. stays

c. driven

b. drove

d. drived

b. was

c. could

d. did

c. happiest

b. happier

d. happyer

c. farer

b. far

d. farest

c. better

d. best

c. harder

b. hard

d. hardest

1. Today is a ................ day. The sun shines all the time. a. windy 2. Ba is a hard- working student and he works ...................... on all the subjects . b. slowly a. hard 3. In the South of Viet Nam, there are only two ............. a year. a. times b. days 4. It is very .............. because the wind blows quite hard. a. sunny 5. In class you must listen .................. to the teacher. a. hardly 6. The children are playing ................. . They should be quite. a. quietly b. eagerly 7. In the sunny season, the .............. shine(s) almost all the days. a. snow b. clouds 8. The ................ today is higher than yesterday. It must be over 37 C . a. degree c. humidity 9. Viet Nam has a tropical................... b. weather a. climate 10. My mother can dance very .............. She is a professional dancer. a. sweetly c. loudly 11. In Viet Nam , it is normally................ in the South than in the North. a. hot 12. The food is ............... than the last time I ate it. a. badder 13. Ho Chi Minh city is .............. than Hanoi. a. big 14. Children often learn very .................... things around them. b. quicker a. quickly 15. She can not sing ............... but she can play the piano beautifully. a. good 16. Helen always ............. with John in every school dancing competition. a. dances 17. It ............... dangerous to swim in deep rivers. a. are 18. The boy ................. at home yesterday evening. a. stay 19. Last time, he .................. very slowly. a. driving 20. I now .............. speak English perfectly. a. can 21. Jack is now ................. than he used to be. a. happy 22. The tourist company was .............. down the street than I had thought. a. farther 23. There is nothing ............ than going swimming in hot weather. a. gooder b. good 24. He tried very ........... but still failled the exame. a. hardly 25. She came to school ........... and had to stand outside for 15 minutes. a. late

b. lately

c. latest

d. latter

Microsoft English grammar grade 9

85

Choose the best answer to fill in the gaps.

9th grade synthesized English grammar

d. completely

b. completion

c. completeness

d. hoped

b. hopes

c. hoping

d. get

c. got

b. getting

d. phone

c. phoned

b. phoning

d. left

b. leaves

c. leaving

c. day

b. period

d. semester

c. time

b. notebooks

d. lessons

c. easy

d. tall

b. day

c. class

d. term

c. all

b. another

d. others

b. careful

c. carefully

d. carelessly

c. intelligent

d. well

b. more carelessly

c. more lazily

d. worse

c. difficultly

b. quickly

d. fastly

c. interestingly

b. attentively

d. gracefully

b. level

d, step

d. easy

b. homework

d. activities

c. geography

b. maths

d. English

c. things

b. fault

d. sums

c. room

b. yard

d. class

c. difficult

b. bad

d. short

b. disapponinted

c. tired

d. boring

c. chemistry

b. literature

d. language

b. football

c. game

d. basket ball

26. He was ................ successful with the business. a. complete 27. I ........... everything will be all right soon. a. hope 28. I often ................. up early in the morning. a. gets 29. Lan ................ you some minutes ago. a. phones 30. Don’t ........... the door open when you go out. a. leave 31. David’s school ........... is very bad this term. a. report 32. The ............. this year are longer and more difficult than those last year. a. schools 33. Our friends are more .................. than us . a. difficult b. intelligent 34. Lan, how are you doing this ............? a. school 35. He can do better than the ........... in his group. a. everyone 36. Tuan writes more .............. with fewer mistakes than the previous term. a. careless 37. My father is happy because I get ............... results at school. b. good a. bad 38. Peter does better at school because he works ...................... a. harder 39. He can do sums more ................... and read faster./ a. badly 40. I can dance more ...................... than my friends. a. fluently 41. Mary is in ................ 8 in St Mary secondary school. a. age c. grade 42. She is very ............. pupil. She spends most of her time studying. c. hard b. difficult a. hard- working 43. They always complete all their .................. before going to bed. a. things c. book 44. He is very good at ................ He can do sums more quickly than the other pupils in his class. a. literature 45. Mary rarely makes ................ when she writes. a. mistakes 46. I often go to the school .................. to borrow books in my free time. a. library 47. He always helps his friends with .............. exercises. a. easy 48. Her parents are .............. because she often gets bad marks in the exams. a, happy 49. I am interested in natural science subjects like mathematics, physics and ................. a. England 50. In her free time, Jane often plays the .............. a. piano 51. My English this term is ............. than that of last year.

86

https://www.facebook.com/hoanganh.098.nhna English grammar grade 9

9th grade synthesized English grammar

c. better

b. gooder

d. best

c. worse

d. well

c. interstinger

b. interestingly

d. interesting

c. lazier

b. lazily

d. lazilier

b. happier/ gooder

c. goodlier

b. more good

d. gooder

c. fluent

b. fluently

d. more fluently

c. beautifully

d. more

c. more well

d. better

c. gracefully

d. more gracefully

b. easily

c. easier

d. more easily

c. fastlier

b . fastly

d. faster

c. worse

d. worser

b. elderly

c. elder

d. oldly

c. more correctly

d. correcter

c. more quietly

d. quietlier

c. loudlier

d. louder.

b. lazier

c. lazily

d. lazilier

c. better/ badlier

d. gooder/ worse

b. cost

b. fare

d. fee

c . stadium

b. theatre

d. cinema

b. intelligentest

c. tall

d. tallest

b.bigger

c. small

d. smallest

c. badder

d. worst

a. good 52. Her math result is .............. than her English result. b. badly a. bad 53. Detective books are..................... than science fiction ones. a. more interesting 54. Lan is ................... than her sister. a. lazy 55. He feels ........... than last year because his study results are ..................... a. happy/ good c. more happy/ more good d. happier/ better 56. He is ............. at maths than at any other subjects. a. better 57. Phuong can speak English ........... than Minh. a. more fluent 58. Her voice is ................. than her sister’s/ . a. beautiful b. more beautiful beautifully 59. Her literature result is much ................... than it was last year. a. good b. well 60. Cinderrella danced ............... than any other girls at the ball. a. more graceful b. gracefuler 61. Chemistry is ................. than physics. a. easy 62. Rabbits run.................. than tortoises. a. fast 63.Nam is bad at art but Minh is even .......................... b. bad a. badder 63. Lan is her.................... sister. a. old 64. She can pronounce English words ............. than she could last term. a. correctlier b . more correct 65. The country is .............. than the city. a. quieter b . more quiet 66. In this class , the students are talking ............... than the teacher. a. loudly b. more loud 67. We shouldn’t be..................... on any subjects. a. lazy 68. I can learn a subject ............... if I like it and ............ if I don’t like it. a. good/ bad b. better/ worse 69 . I will take these shoes. What’s the .................? a. price 70.My Dinh is the national ................. of Viet Nam . a. city 71. She is the most ................. girl in our class. a. intelligent 72. That T-shirt is the ............... we have in stock. a. big 73. I think Smatcafe is ............... than other kinds of coffee. a. best b. better 74. This hat is the .................. of all. a. expensivest

b. more expensive

c. cheapest

d. cheaper

87

https://www.facebook.com/hoanganh.098.nhna English grammar grade 9

9th grade synthesized English grammar

b. best

c.interesting

d. interestingest

b. widest

c. comfortable

d. comfortables

c. scarcest

b. most scarce

d. scarce

b. cheaper

c. expensiver

d. expensivest

c. easy

b. difficultest

d. easiest

c. good

b. hard-working

d. best

c. more long

d. longest

c. graceful

d. graceless

b.boring

c. more boring

d. most boring

b. fluently

c. more fluently

d. most fluently

c. most fastly

c. more few

d. fewest

b .hardly

c. harder

d. more hard

c. thinnest

b. thin

d. thinly

c. richest

b. richer

d. more rich.

c. quickest

d. more quick

b. much better than

c. much better

d. the best than

c. the tallest

b. so tall as

d. tallest

b. strange

d. stranger

b. intelligent as d. so intelligent that.

c. the most careful

b. more carefully

d. carefully as

c. better

b. best

d. the best

b. the most same

c. the same

d. more same

b . no sooner as

c. as soon as

d. soonest as

75. Of all the stories I have, this is the most .............. one. a. better 76. That is the most ................ bed in the shop. a. wide 77. Food becomes .............. during the time of the flood. a. more scarcer 78. Have you got any ................... shirt? a. cheapest 79. The shop faces its most ............. time of the year when sales have fallen by half. a. difficult 80.Lan is the most ................ student in my class. a. hard-work 81. The blue shirt is as ............... as the red one. a. long b. longer 82. Mai dances as ................. as Lan. a. gracefully b. gracefuly 83. This book is the ..................... of all a. bored 84. Mary speaks English very ...................... a. fluent 85. Tom runs faster than John and David runs the ............ in the group. a. fast c. fastest b. most fast 86. She has ........... books than I do. b. fewer a. least 87. I work as ................. as you do. a. hard 88. She looks ........... than me. a. thinner 89. He is one of the .............. men in the world. a. rich 90. A train is not so .............. as a bus. a. quick b. quicker 91.The economic conditions today are .............. they were in the past. a. much more good 92. Peter is the ............. student in my class. a. taller than 93. The deep oceans contain some of the .................. of all living creatures. a. strangest c. as strange as 94. Jane is not ……………..her brother. a. more intelligent as c. so intelligent as 95. He drives as ………….his father does. a. careful as 96. What’s the ………….film you’ve ever seen? a. good 97. Jane is ……………age as Marry/ . a. as same 98. I’ll be there ………….. I can. a. sooner as 99. The shirt and that one…………… a. alike

c. as alike as

b. are alike

d. the same

88

https://www.facebook.com/hoanganh.098.nhna English grammar grade 9

9th grade synthesized English grammar

b. are like d. likely

b. look like

c. look alike

d.like

c. differs

b. as different

d. more different

c. as many

b. twice as much

d. twice as many

c. so much

b. as much

d. too many

b. the most beautiful d. is so beautiful as .

c. worse

b. most bad

d. worst.

b. the most rapidly d. more rapidly

c. quicklier

b. more quickly

d. as quickly more

b. you are easier

c. the easier

d. the easy

b. more and more difficult d. more difficult than.

b. The most……..the higher d. More………..higher

b. the less

d. the fewer

b. are little

d. are much.

b. The more tired……..the harder d. The tired……..the harder

b. the qualified less d. the least qualified.

b. than those

c. than that

d. than this.

c. are too alike

b. are so alike

d. alike enough

b. is such young d. not age enough

b. such an rich man that d. that os rich a man.

100. I want to buy some shoes………….the ones you have on. a. like c. are alike 101. Mary and her mother do not……………. a. alike 102. Sharon………….from other women I know. a. different 103. This one is prettier, but it costs………….. as the other one. a. as much as 104. You can take…………..books as you want. a. as many 105. Of the two sisters, Linda ……… a. is beautiful c. is more beautiful 106. The …………..accident in the history of the city occurred last night on the Freeway. a. badest 107. He finished the test …………..of all. a. rapidly c. most rapidly 108. Many chemicals react ……………..in acid solutions. a. more quick 109. The younger you are, ……………it is to learn. a. easier 110. It’s becoming ……………..to find a job. a. more difficult and more c. most and more difficult 112. ……………electricity you use, ………….your bill will be. a. The more……..the higher c. The more……the high 113. The more I got to know Tom, ……….I liked him. a. least c. the least 114. The rooms in the front …………….noisier than those in the back. a. are more c. are very 115. …………..you are, …………you concentrate. a. Tired…..the least hard c.The tireder……the harder 116. Of all the candidates, Peter is probably………… a. the less qualified c. the most little qualified 117. The CDs here are more expensive ……………over there. a. those 118. These two girls ………….. that I can’t tell them apart. a. are so like 119. I don’t think our daughter is ……….to understand this matter. a. too young c. not enough old 120. Mrs Harrison is ………….he owns many palaces. a. so a rich man that c. such a rich man that 121. The ceiling is ……………… a. too high for me to reach

b. too high for me to each it.

89

https://www.facebook.com/hoanganh.098.nhna English grammar grade 9

9th grade synthesized English grammar

d. enough high of me reaching

b. that I couldn’t help looking at her d. that for me to look at.

b. too nice weather d. such weather nice.

b. such long assignments d. too long assignments.

b. so interesting a book. d. A and B.

b. so beautiful that d. too beautifully that

b.so cold d. enough cold that

b. not intelligent enough d. so intelligent enough

b. too rich enough to buy d. a and c.

b. too far for walking d. too far to walk

b. to lie in d. in which to lie

c. so high for me reaching 122. The woman was so beautiful……………… a. that I couldn’t help looking at c. for me looking at her 123.It is …………that I would like to go to the beach. a. such a nice weather c. such nice weather 124. These are ………….tht I can’t finish them. a. a such long assignments c. such a long assignments 125. It is ……….that I have read it twice. a. such an interesting book c. too interesting a book 126. She dances ……………..everybody adores her. a. such beautifully that c. so beautiful that 127.It is ………………to go swimming. a. too cold c. such a cold 128. Jane is ……….. to do this exercise. a. no intelligence enough c. not enough intelligent 129. I am ……………a car. a. not rich enough to buy c. too poor to buy 130. It’s …………..home from here. a. too far walking c. far to walk too 131. The bed is not clean enough…………… a. to lie in it c. for lying in 132. The piano was too heavy …………….. a. for nobody to move c. for anyone to move

b. for nobody moving d. for anyone to moving

b. That it was late d. such too late.

133. ……………………to go to the cinema. a. It was late so that c. It was too late 134. We don’t ……………….to go there now. a. have time enough c. have too time

b. enough time d. have enough time

X. ARTICLE ( MẠO TỪ) "A" và "An" dùng chỉ những sự vật, hiện tượng cụ thể người nghe không biết, "The" chỉ sự việc cả người nói và người nghe đều biết. Mạo từ “The”

- Dùng “The” khi nói về một vật riêng hoặc một người mà cả người nghe và người nói đều biết.

Ví dụ: The dog is on the chair. (Con chó ở trên ghế ấy)

- “The” cũng được dùng để nói về một vật thể hoặc địa điểm đặc biệt, duy nhất.

90

https://www.facebook.com/hoanganh.098.nhna English grammar grade 9

Ví dụ: The Eiffel Tower is in Paris. (Tháp Eiffel ở Paris) The Earth revolves around the Sun. (Trái đất xoay xung quanh mặt trời)

9th grade synthesized English grammar

- Trong một số trường hợp, “The” có thể dùng với danh từ số ít và số nhiều.

Ví dụ: The cat (Con mèo), The cats (những con mèo)

- “The” đứng trước danh từ, xác định bằng một cụm từ hoặc một mệnh đề.

Ví dụ: The girl in uniform. (Cô gái mặc đồng phục)

- Mạo từ “The” đứng trước từ chỉ thứ tự của sự việc như "First" (thứ nhất), "Second" (thứ nhì),

"only" (duy nhất) Ví dụ: The first day (ngày đầu tiên) The best time (thời gian thuận tiện nhất) The only way (cách duy nhất)

- "The" + Danh từ số ít tượng trưng cho một nhóm động vật, một loài hoặc đồ vật Ví dụ: The whale is in danger of becoming extinct (Cá voi đang trong nguy cơ tuyệt chủng)

- "The" dùng với một thành viên của một nhóm người nhất định

Ví dụ: The small shopkeeper is finding business increasingly difficult. (Giới chủ tiệm nhỏ nhận thấy việc buôn bán ngày càng khó khăn) Mạo từ "The" đứng trước tính từ chỉ một nhóm người, một tầng lớp trong xã hội Ví dụ: The old (người già) The rich and the poor (người giàu và người nghèo)

- Dùng trước những danh từ riêng chỉ biển, sông, quần đảo, dãy núi, tên gọi số nhiều của các nước,

sa mạc, miền Ví dụ: The Pacific (Thái Bình Dương);The Netherlands (Hà Lan)

- "The" + tên họ (dạng số nhiều) chỉ gia tộc...

Ví dụ: The Smiths (Gia đình nhà Smiths) Mạo từ “A” và “An”

- “A” và “An” có cách sử dụng gần giống nhau. Tuy nhiên, dùng “An” khi chữ đằng sau bắt đầu

bằng nguyên âm (a, o, u e,i) và dùng “A” khi chữ đằng sau bắt đầu bằng các phụ âm còn lại. Ví dụ: An hour (một giờ), a dog (một con chó)

- Từ “A” và “An” dùng khi danh từ người nói nhắc đến không đặc biệt.

Ví dụ: I would like an apple. (Tôi muốn một trái táo.)

- “A” và “An” dùng để giới thiệu về thứ lần đầu tiên nhắc tới với người nghe (người nghe chưa biết

gì về thứ này). Sau khi giới thiệu, người nói có thể dùng mạo từ “The” khi nhắc tới vật đó. Ví dụ: John has a dog and cat. The dog is called Rover, and the cat is called Fluffy. (John có một con chó và một con mèo. Chú chó tên là Rover và chú mèo tên là Fluffy.)

- Trong một số trường hợp, “A”, “An” được dùng với danh từ số ít

Ví dụ: A cat (một con mèo) Không sử dụng mạo từ

- Mạo từ không được sử dụng khi nói về sự việc chung hoặc nhắc tới ví dụ.

Ví dụ: I don’t like apples (Tôi không thích táo)

- Một số tên quốc gia, thành phố, các bang không dùng mạo từ đứng trước.

Ví dụ: I live in London. (Tôi sống tại London) Trừ trường hợp của The Philippines, The United Kingdom, The United States of America.

- Tên các môn học không sử dụng mạo từ

Ví dụ: John studies economics and science.

- Trước tên quốc gia, châu lục, núi, hồ, đường.

Ví dụ: Europe (châu Âu), South America (Nam Mỹ), France (Pháp)

- Sau tính từ sở hữu hoặc sau danh từ ở sở hữu cách

91

https://www.facebook.com/hoanganh.098.nhna English grammar grade 9

Ví dụ: The girl's mother (Mẹ của cô gái) - Trước tên gọi các bữa ăn.

9th grade synthesized English grammar

Ví dụ: They invited some friends to dinner. (Họ mời vài người bạn đến ăn tối)

- Trước các tước hiệu

Ví dụ: King Louis XIV of France (Vua Louis XIV của Pháp)

- Trong một số trường hợp đặc biệt

b. a d.  b. an

d.  b. an c. the

c.  b. an d. the

b. a d.  c. an I would live to live by _____ sea a. the Harry is a sailor. He spends most of his life at______ see. a. a There are billions of stars in ______ space. a. a He tried to park his car but______ space wasn't big enough. a. the

b. a d.  c. an

b. a d.  c. an a. the Can you turn off______ television, please? a. the

a. c.  b. an d. the

b. an c. the d. 

a. a Thank you. That was______ very nice lunch. a. a c. the b. an d. 

d. no article is needed a. the

d. no article is needed a. the b. a

d. no article is needed c. the b. an a. a

c. the a. an b. a

d. no article c. the a. a

d. no article

d. no article c. An/ an b. A/ a

d. no article a. the c. an b. a

d. no article b. an c. a

a. the It was______ best film I had ever read. a. the d. no article c. a

d. no article c. a

92

https://www.facebook.com/hoanganh.098.nhna English grammar grade 9

Ví dụ: In spring/in autumn (vào mùa xuân/mùa thu), last night (đêm qua), next year(năm tới), from beginning to end (từ đầu tới cuối), from left to right (từ trái sang phải). Exercise 1 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. We often watch______ television 6. 7. We had______ dinner in a restaurant. 8. We had______ meal in a restaurant. 9. 10. Where can______ people buy everything they need? c. an b. a 11. Her parents are now working in ______ Europe. c. an 12. He majors______ in English. 13. Mark Twain, ______ American writer, wrote "Life on the Mississippi River". d. no article 14. Paris is splendid by ______ night. b. an 15. We might be able to catch______ last train if we hurried. a. a c. the b. an ______ used razor blade is______ useless thing. 16. a. The/ the 17. We live at______ third house from the church. 18. My aunt has______ interesting novel. 19. b. an 20. A video lab is______ useful means for language learning. b. an a. the Exercise 2 1. Mrs. Lan went to ______ school to meet her son's teacher. d. the c. an a.  b. a

9th grade synthesized English grammar

d. an

2. 3. 4.

d. 

The workmen went to ______ church to repair the roof. a.  c. a b. the Carol went to ______ prison to meet her brother. a. the c. an b. a This morning I bought a newspaper and a magazine______ newspaper is in my bag but I don't know where______ magazine. a. a/ a b. a/ the c. the/ the

a. a/ a c. the/ the

d. the/ a c. the/ the

c. a/ a b. the/ a d. the/ the

c. a/ the d. the/ a b. the/ the a. a/ a I'm looking for ____ job. Did Mary get_____ job she applied for? a. a/ the Did______ police find ______ person who stole your bicycle? a. a/ a

a. a/ a c. a/ the d. the/ a b. the/ the

a. a/ a c. a/ the d. the/ a b. the/ the

b. /  c. / the d. the/  a. the/ the

b. /  c. / the d. the/  a. the/ the

b. /  c. / the a. the/ the d. the/ 

b. a/ the c. the/ the d. the/ a

c. the/ the b. a/ the d. the/ a

c. the/ the b. a/ the d. the/ a

a. a/ a I never listen to ______ radio. In fact I haven't got______ radio. a. a/ a It was a beautiful day______ sun shone brightly in ______ sky. a. a/ a It is said the Robinhood robbed______ rich and gave the money to ______ poor. a. a/ a c. the/ the b. a/ the d. the/ a

a. the c. an d.  b. a

a. the c. an d.  b. a

c. an d.  b. a

4a 14d 10d 20c 6a 16b 7c 17a 8a 18c 9a 19a 5d 15c 3c 13a

4c 14b 5a 15d 9c 19a 8b 18a 7a 17c 3a 13c 10c 20a 6b 16c

93

https://www.facebook.com/hoanganh.098.nhna English grammar grade 9

d. the/ a 5. My parents have ______ cat and ______ dog. The dog never bites the cat. d. the/ a b. a/ the 6. We live in______ big house in ______ middle of the village. b. a/ the 7. 8. 9. We went out for ______ meal last night ______ restaurant we went was excellent. 10. As I was walking along the street, I saw ______$10 note on ______ pavement. 11. The Soviet Union was______ first country to sent a man into ______ space. 12. Did you watch "Titanic" on ______ television or at______ cinema? 13. After______ lunch, we went for a walk by ______ sea. 14. Peru is______ country in south America______ capital is Lima 15. 16. 17. 18. Life is not so easy for______ unemployed. 19. Many people were killed in the accident. The bodies of ______ dead were taken away. 20. Lan has been a nurse all her life. She has spent her life caring for ______ sick. a. the Exercise 1 2d 1a 11d 12d Exercise 2 2b 1d 11d 12c

9th grade synthesized English grammar

XI. Quantifiers – Định lượng từ I.Định nghĩa về từ định lượng Từ định lượng (Qualifiers) được dùng để chỉ số lượng của vật, số lượng toàn thể/bộ phận.Một số từ định lượng cơ bản : Many ; much ; a lot of; lots of ; a little; little, a few; few 1. Từ định lượng :Many/ much – Dùng trong câu phủ định và câu nghi vấn. “Much” thường không được dùng trong câu khẳng định. “Many” có thể dùng được trong câu khẳng định nhưng “a lot of” thường được dùng nhiều hơn trong câu đàm thoại. Cấu trúc : Many + countable noun (danh từ đếm được số nhiều) + V(số nhiều) EX : There are many books on the table. There are not many boys here. Are there many teachers in your school? Cấu trúc : Much + uncountable noun (Danh từ không đếm được ) + V(số ít) EX : There isn’t much fresh water on earth. There is much milk in the bottle. We didn't spend much money. *Chú ý : Chúng ta dùng “too much” và “so many” trong các câu khẳng định: EX : We spent too much money. 2. Từ định lượng :A lot of/ lots of – Dùng trong câu khẳng định Cấu trúc : A lot of/ lots of + countable noun (danh từ đếm được số nhiều) + V(số nhiều) EX : A lot of pupils/ lots of pupils are in the library now. Cấu trúc : A lot of/ lots of +uncountable noun (danh từ không đếm được) + V(số ít) EX : Lots of sugar is sold in the shop. A lot of time is needed to learn a language. 3. Từ định lượng: A little và little Cấu trúc : A little (không nhiều nhưng đủ dùng) + uncountable noun + V(số ít) Little (gần như không có gì) + uncountable noun + V(số ít) EX1 : A: Can you give me some ink? B: Yes, I can give you some. I’ve got a little ink in my pen ( No, I’m sorry. I’ve got only little) EX2 :We must be quick. There is little time. (= not much , not enough time ) He spoke little English, so it was difficult to communicate with him He spoke a little English, so we was able to communicate with him. 4. Từ định lượng :A few và few Cấu trúc : A few (không nhiều nhưng đủ dùng) + countable noun (danh từ đếm được số nhiều) + V(số nhiều) Few (gần như không có) + countable noun (danh từ đếm được số nhiều) + V(số nhiều) EX : The house isn’t full. There are a few rooms empty . Where can I sit now? - There are few seats left. He isn't popular. He has few friends. She's lucky. She has few problems. (= not many problem) Choose the best answer to complete each sentence

94

https://www.facebook.com/hoanganh.098.nhna English grammar grade 9

Bài 1.There wasn't …............. snow last night.

9th grade synthesized English grammar

A. many

B. much C. few D. a large number of

Bài 2. …............the students in my class enjoy taking part in social activities.

A. Most of B. Most C. Many D. The number of

Bài 3. He's always busy. He has …......... time to relax.

A. much B. little C. a little D. plenty of

Bài 4. She put so …......... salt in the soup that she couldn't have it. It was too salty.

A. many B. little C. much D. a little

Bài 5. He made too …........... mistakes in his writing.

A. a few B. much C. many D. a number of

Bài 6. How …........... students are there in your class?

A. little B. few C. much D. many

Bài 7. I feel sorry for her. She has …............. friends.

A. many B. a few C. few D. a great deal of

Bài 8. I spent …............ my spare time gardening last year.

A. most of B. most C. many of D. a large number of

Bài 9. He doesn't have so …........... friends as I think.

A. much B. a great deal of C. many D. a large number of

Bài 10. There was so …............ traffic that it took me an hour to get home.

A. a lot of B. little C. much D. many

Bài 11. Learning a language needs …........... patience.

A. a few B. much C. many D. little

Bài 12. …............ the shops in the city center close at 5.30.

A. Many B. Much of C. Some D. Most of

Bài 13. We had a boring holiday. .........................the time we lay on the beach.

A. Most B. Much C. Most of D. Many of

Bài 14. With only............ hope, Harry didn't know how to keep going another day.

A. little B. a little C. few D. a few

Bài 15. How ….......... money have you got?

A. many B. much C. a lot of D. a great deal of

Bài 16. There was very …........... food at the party but I didn't eat anything.

A. little B. much C. many D. a lot of

Bài 17. I think................ you are very tired after your long journey.

A. many B. much C. many of D. much of

Bài 18. We didn't take …............ photographs when we were on holiday.

A. much B. a lot of C. many of D. a great deal of

95

https://www.facebook.com/hoanganh.098.nhna English grammar grade 9

Bài 19. There isn't …........... shampoo in the bathroom.

9th grade synthesized English grammar

B. some C. little D. few

A. any

Bài 20. Would you like ….......... tea?

A. some B. many C. a few D. any

Bài 21. He had so …............. things to do.

A. many B. a lot of C. much D. little

Bài 22. The mixture looks rather dry. Maybe you should add …........... water.

A. a few B. few C. a little D. little

Bài 23. We're having a big party. We've invited …........ friends.

A. a lot of B. much C. many of D. no

Bài 24. Could I try ….......... wine?

A. a little B. a few C. little D. Few

Bài 24. Could I try ….......... wine?

A. a little B. a few C. little D. Few

Bài 26. …............. my students are familiar with this kind of school activities.

A. Most B. Most of C. A few D. few

Bài 27. He had spent …........... time writing an essay about his childhood.

A. a large number of B. a great deal of C. a few D. many

Bài 28. Peter has spent …........ time and money on stamp collecting.

A. a few of B. many of C. a great deal of D. a large number of

Bài 28. Peter has spent …........ time and money on stamp collecting.

A. a few of B. many of C. a great deal of D. a large number of

Bài 30. How............ furniture do you think there is?

A. many B. much C. few D. a lot of

Bài 31. Why don't you take a break? Would you like ….......... coffee?

A. few B. some C. many D. much

Bài 32. He drank................ wine last night and gets sick now.

A. too many B. too much C. few of D. a large number of

Bài 33. Give me …............ examples, please!

A. a few B. a little C. few D. little

Bài 34. Is there …........... water in the glass?

A. any B. some C. many D. lots of

Bài 35. Peter doesn't want …............ to do.

A. something B. anything C. nothing D. everything

Bài 36. Can you speak French? - Yes,...................

96

https://www.facebook.com/hoanganh.098.nhna English grammar grade 9

A. a few B. few C. a little D. little

9th grade synthesized English grammar

Bài 37. Thank you very …............. for your help.

B. much C. a lot of D. little A. many

Bài 38. He is very rich. He has ….......... money in the bank.

A. a great deal of B. many C. a large number of D. few

Bài 39. She put too …......... sugar in the coffee. It became so sweet that I couldn't drink it.

A. many B. much C. few D. little

Bài 40. I have got …............. homework to do.

A. many B. few C. a lot of D. a large number of

Bài 41. She has talked too ….................

A. much B. many C. few D. a great deal

Bài 42. He made very …........... mistakes.

A. much B. many C. little D. a number of

Bài 43. They know ….......... about what to do.

A. many B. few C. little D. the number of

Bài 44. …...... children are ill-prepared for employment.

A. Much. B. Most C. A little D. Most of

Bài 45. Would you like ….......... champagne to drink?

A. some. B. few C. a few D. many

Bài 46. When I studied Shakespeare, I thought his plays were …........... boring.

A. many B. much C. few D. a few

Bài 47. …............. of the students are good today.

A. Most B. Much C. A little D. Very

Bài 48. There were too ….........different nationalities in my class and we had to speak English.

A. a lot of B. much C. some D. many

Bài 49. I don't know …............ about English literature.

A. many B. much C. a few D. little

Bài 50. At the beginning, everybody spoke English very quickly, and I couldn't understand …...,but now

things are easier.

A. much B. many C. a great deal of D. a lot of

LỜI GIẢI CHI TIẾT

Câu 1: Đáp án B

Tuyết là một thực thể không đếm được , chả ai rảnh mà đi đếm một tuyết,hai tuyết,ba tuyết cả

Do đó các đáp án A C D chỉ dùng cho các danh từ đếm được số nhiều không thể dùng trong trường hợp này

Câu 2: Đáp án A

97

https://www.facebook.com/hoanganh.098.nhna English grammar grade 9

9th grade synthesized English grammar

Ta có cấu trúc : Most of the N số nhiều + V số nhiều / N không đếm được + V số ít

** Sự khác nhau giữa most và most of:

Most + N số nhiều để nói về một số lượng chung chung không cụ thể là ở đâu ,và nhớ là sau nó không có the nhé

Most of the + N để nói về một số lượng đã được xác định trong một khoảng hoặc một phạm vi địa lí nhất định

** Many + N số nhiều nhưng sau nó không có the

** The number of + N số nhiều + V số ít : trường hợp này không thoả đáng vì enjoy chia số nhiều

Câu 3: Đáp án B

Thời gian là một thực thể không đếm được do đó chúng ta không thể dùng plenty of + N số nhiều trong trường hợp

này được.Loại D

Chú ý câu ở đây nói rằng,anh ta luôn luôn bận rộn.Tức là thời gian để anh ta nghỉ ngơi giải trí là rất ít và hầu như là

không có để mà xoã

Vì thế ta loại A vì nó sai lệch với ý nghĩa của câu đầu.Loại C vì nó không nhấn mạnh được mức độ mạnh để hoà

hợp với trạng từ tần suất always

Câu 4: Đáp án C

Muối được người Anh coi là một sự vật không đếm được.Vì cũng không có ai rảnh đến nỗi ngồi đếm từng hạt muối

cả. Do đó,ta có thể loại ngay đáp án A

Chú ý câu hai,người nói cho biết là món súp mà cô ta nấu quá là mặn, do đó chắc chắn là cô này vụng về đã đổ cả

đống muối vào món súp rồi.

Vậy ta loại ngay B và D vì nó không hợp với nghĩa ở đây

Câu 5: Đáp án C

Lỗi lầm có thể đếm được,do đó ta loại đáp án B

Khi sử dụng với too,ta chỉ có hai dạng là : too many + N số nhiều hoặc too much + N số ít để nhấn mạnh

Câu 6: Đáp án D

Dạng câu hỏi số lượng phổ biến mà chúng ta thường sử dụng là:

How many + danh từ số nhiều + are there ….. ?

How much + danh từ không đếm được + is there …. ?

Để ý ở đây students ở dạng số nhiều nên đáp án D là chính xác

Câu 7: Đáp án C

Chú ý câu đầu : “Tôi cảm thấy tiếc cho cô ấy” – Câu này thể hiện thái độ phủ định,ta có thể dễ dàng đoán được

nghĩa của câu sau nghĩa là cô ấy có quá ít bạn và hầu như không có .Cho nên ta sử dụng đáp án C là phù hợp nhất

với câu này.Đáp án B không đủ sức nhấn như few

Từ many thì lại thường sử dụng cho loại câu khẳng định mang ý nghĩa tích cực hơn

A great deal of + N không đếm được : nhiều

Câu 8: Đáp án A

Ngoài việc most of + the N

Nó còn có thể đi với most of + adj sở hữu như my , our,her,his,its ,your + N

Many of và A large number of chỉ đi với danh từ số nhiều

Câu 9: Đáp án C

98

https://www.facebook.com/hoanganh.098.nhna English grammar grade 9

9th grade synthesized English grammar

Khi sử dụng với so,ta thường áp dụng hai cách sau:

so many + N số nhiều hoặc so much + N không đếm được.Để ý ở đây friends là danh từ đếm được số nhiều nên đáp

Câu 10: Đáp án C

Khi sử dụng với so,ta thường áp dụng hai cách sau:

so many + N số nhiều hoặc so much + N không đếm được.Để ý ở đây traffic là danh từ không đếm được nên đáp án

phù hợp ở đây là C

Câu 11: Đáp án B

Patience (sự kiên nhẫn) là danh từ trừu tượng (không đếm được) do đó ta dễ dàng loại được A và C

Xét nghĩa của câu thấy rằng ,học ngôn ngữ thì cần phải kiên nhẫn, chứ không thể nào mà học ít mà mong đạt được

thành công sớm được

Đáp án B là chuẩn xác

Đây cũng là một bài học cho các em, học là cần phải kiên nhẫn,đừng vì kết quả thấp mà đã nản lòng,hãy tiếp tục cố

gắng,trau dồi và học hỏi,dần dần rồi kiến thức của em sẽ bá đạo nhanh thôi

Câu 12: Đáp án D

Cấu trúc: Most of the + N số nhiều

Ở đây xác định rõ là các cửa hàng ở trung tâm thành phố này

Câu 13: Đáp án C

Cấu trúc: Most of the + N số không đếm được + V ít

Ở đây xác định rõ khoảng thời gian mà chúng tôi ngồi ở trên bãi biển

Câu 14: Đáp án A

Hope (hi vọng) là danh từ trừu tượng nên dễ dàng loại C và D

Ở đây,hi vọng đó rất mong manh và gần như không có nên Harry mới lúng túng không biết làm thế nào để tiếp tục

giữ nó

Câu 15: Đáp án B

Chúng ta có hai dạng câu để hỏi , how much + N không đếm được và how many + N đếm được

Vì money là tiền,không đếm được.Chúng ta chỉ đếm được tờ tiền chứ không thể nào đè ngửa ra mà đếm một tiền

,hai tiền,ba tiền được

Câu 16: Đáp án B

Food là danh từ không đếm được do đó ta loại A

Khi nhấn mạnh về số lượng nhiều,người ta dùng very much

Ở đây người nói muốn nói là đồ ăn ở bữa tiệc này ê hề , rất nhiều nhưng không ăn bất cứ cái gì

Câu 17: Đáp án C

You ở đây chúng ta hiểu là các bạn chứ không phải là bạn đơn thuần nhé,ta loại ngày B và D vì bất hợp lý với danh

từ này

Ta có cấu trúc: Many of sb ( những người được nói đã xác định là ở trong chuyến đi dài ngày của các bạn )

You ở đây em hiểu nghĩa là các bạn nhé . Cho nên nó là danh từ đếm được số nhiều.Ngoài ra many of + sb nó

mang nghĩa xác định một nhóm người cụ thể .Ở đây là nhóm bạn mệt mỏi sau chuyến đi dài ngày của họ . Do

đó ta chọn C

Câu 18: Đáp án B

99

https://www.facebook.com/hoanganh.098.nhna English grammar grade 9

9th grade synthesized English grammar

Photographs là những tấm ảnh đếm được nên ta loại A và D

Ở đây chúng ta sử dụng a lot of là phù hợp vì many of the hoặc many of sb hay many of + adj sở hữu + N không có

trường hợp xác định cụ thể trong câu này.

Câu 19: Đáp án A

Shampoo là dầu gội đầu không đếm được nên ta loại D

Trong hình thức câu phủ định,ta dùng any + N không đếm được để nhấn mạnh tính phủ định

Câu 20: Đáp án A

Đây là cấu trúc câu mời lịch sự: Would you like some tea ? (Bạn có muốn một chút trà không ?)

Trong ta ghi nhớ cách sử dụng này nhé

Đáp án A

Câu 21: Đáp án A

So có hai cách sử dụng là so many + N số nhiều và so much + N không đếm được

Để ý danh từ things là danh từ đếm được số nhiều nên ta chọn đáp án A

Câu 22: Đáp án C

Water là nước,không đếm được do đó ta loại A và B

Ở đây ý nói không tiêu cực,chỉ là thêm một chút nước để cho việc trộn lẫn cái gì đó không bị khô

Do đó ta chọn đáp án C

Câu 23: Đáp án A

Những người bạn ở đây là danh từ đếm được số nhiều nên ta loại B

Loại D vì câu này không phải mang hình thức phủ định

Ta không chọn many of ở đây vì những người bạn này mang tính chất chung chung , không rõ ràng

Đáp án A là chính xác

Câu 24: Đáp án A

Rượu (wine) là một thực thể không đếm được nên ta loại B và D

Ở đây,người này muốn thử một chút rượu,mang ý nghĩa tích cực chứ không tiêu cực

Ta chọn đáp án A

Câu 25: Đáp án A

So có hai cách sử dụng là so many + N số nhiều và so much + N không đếm được

Để ý danh từ wine là danh từ không đếm được nên ta chọn đáp án A

Hình thức câu mệnh lệnh ở đây nhấn mạnh là không nên uống quá nhiều rượu vì nó hại cho sức khoẻ của bạn

Câu 26: Đáp án B

Ngoài việc most of + the N

Nó còn có thể đi với most of + adj sở hữu như my , our,her,his,its ,your + N

Câu 27: Đáp án B

Trong 4 đáp án thì A , C và D đều đi với danh từ đếm được số nhiều nên không phù hợp

Chỉ có đáp án B là đi được với danh từ không đếm được

Câu 28: Đáp án C

100

https://www.facebook.com/hoanganh.098.nhna English grammar grade 9

9th grade synthesized English grammar

Trong 4 đáp án thì A , B và D đều đi với danh từ đếm được số nhiều nên không phù hợp

Chỉ có đáp án C là đi được với danh từ không đếm được

Câu 29: Đáp án C

Các đáp án A ,B ,D đi với danh từ đếm được số nhiều

Chỉ có đáp án C là vừa đi được với danh từ đếm được số nhiều,vừa đi được với danh từ không đếm được

Câu 30: Đáp án B

Furniture là nội thất,không đếm được

Chúng ta có hai dạng câu hỏi là how much và how many như anh đã nhắc đến ở các câu trên

Ta dễ dàng chọn được đáp án B

Câu 31: Đáp án B

Cấu trúc mời lịch sự : Would you like some coffee ?

Chúng ta chọn B

Câu 32: Đáp án B

Để nhấn mạnh tính tiêu cực của hành động,ta sử dụng too many hoặc too much

Do wine là danh từ không đếm được nên too much là đáp án đúng

Ta chọn B

Câu 33: Đáp án A

Examples là ví dụ , là danh từ đếm được số nhiều nên ta loại B và D

Ở đây là một câu cầu khiến mang tính chất lịch sự chứ không phải là một câu mang ý nghĩa tiêu cực nên ta sử dụng

a few là hợp lý nhất

Đáp án A

Câu 34: Đáp án A

Đối với các loại câu hỏi phủ định hay câu hỏi y/n question

Chúng ta sử dụng any để nhấn mạnh tính phủ định

Đáp án A

Câu 35: Đáp án B

Đối với các loại câu hỏi phủ định hay câu hỏi y/n question

Chúng ta sử dụng any để nhấn mạnh tính phủ định

Ở đây là anything

Đáp án B

Câu 36: Đáp án C

Tiếng Pháp là danh từ không đếm được do đó,loại A và B

Do câu nói ở đây ở hình thức tích cực là có biết một chút nên ta chọn đáp án C

Câu 37: Đáp án B

Câu nói giao tiếp xã hội thông dụng: Thank you very much for your help (cám ơn sự giúp đỡ của bạn)

Đáp án B

Câu 38: Đáp án A

101

https://www.facebook.com/hoanganh.098.nhna English grammar grade 9

9th grade synthesized English grammar

Các đáp án B,C,D chỉ đi được với danh từ đếm được số nhiều nên ta loại

Chỉ có đáp án A đi với danh từ không đếm được

Đáp án A

Câu 39: Đáp án B

Hình thức đại từ đi với too bao gồm too many và too much

Do sugar (đường ) là danh từ không đếm được nên đáp án ta chọn ở đây là B

Câu 40: Đáp án C

Các đáp án A,B,D là chỉ đi với danh từ đếm được số nhiều nên ta loại

Chỉ có đáp án C là có thể đi cả với danh từ đếm được số nhiều và không đếm được

Câu 41: Đáp án A

Hình thức đại từ đi với too bao gồm too many và too much

Do lời nói ở đây không đếm được nên đáp án ta chọn ở đây là A

Câu 42: Đáp án B

Mistakes là danh từ đếm được nên ta loại A và C

Sau very chỉ có thể sử dụng là many chứ không thể là a number of được

Đáp án B

Câu 43: Đáp án C

Vấn đề biết ở đây là một khái niệm trừu tượng nên ta phải sử dụng từ đi được với danh từ không đếm được

Loại A,B và D

Đáp án C

Câu 44: Đáp án B

Những đứa trẻ ở đây nói chung chung nên ta sử dụng Most + N số nhiều

Loại A và C vì nó chỉ đi với danh từ không đếm được

Đáp án B

Câu 45: Đáp án A

Cấu trúc câu hỏi lịch sự : Would you like some + thứ đồ uống

Đáp án A

Câu 46: Đáp án B

boring ở đây là tính từ trừu tượng nên không thể sử dụng các đáp án A,C,D

Đáp án B là chính xác

Câu 47: Đáp án A

Cấu trúc: Most of the + N số nhiều + V số nhiều

Đáp án A

Câu 48: Đáp án D

Hình thức đại từ đi với too bao gồm too many và too much

Do different nationalities ( các quốc tịch khác nhau) là danh từ đếm được số nhiều nên đáp án ta chọn ở đây là D

Câu 49: Đáp án B

Kiến thức về văn học Anh ở đây là một khái niệm trừu tượng nên ta loại A và C

Đây là một câu khẳng định vấn đề không biết nhiều về kiến thức môn học này nên ta chọn B

102

https://www.facebook.com/hoanganh.098.nhna English grammar grade 9

9th grade synthesized English grammar

Câu 50: Đáp án A

Về vấn đề kiến thức là một khái niệm trừu tượng nên ta loại B

C và D yêu cầu đằng sau là một danh từ nên ta không lựa chọn

Đáp án A

103

https://www.facebook.com/hoanganh.098.nhna English grammar grade 9

9th grade synthesized English grammar

XII. Enough, Too, So, Such I. ENOUGH (đủ) Enough có hai công thức cơ bản:

1) Adj/adv + Enough (for sb) to inf 2) Enough + N (for sb ) to inf

Các bạn lưu ý: tính từ ,trạng từ thì đứng trước enough còn danh từ thì đứng sau enough Ex:

He is strong enough to lift the box. (anh ta đủ khỏe để nhấc cái hộp) I don't have enough money to buy a car. (tôi không có đủ tiền để mua xe hơi)

* Nếu chủ từ thực hiện cả 2 hành động (động từ chính và to inf ) là một thì không có phần (for sb),còn nếu là hai đối tượng khác nhau thì đối tượng thực hiện hành động to inf sẽ được thể hiện trong phần for sb Ex:

I study well enough to pass the exam. (tôi học giỏi đủ để thi đậu) The exercise is not easy for me to do. (bài tập không đủ dễ để tôi có thể làm được)

* Khi chủ từ và túc từ của V chính và túc từ của to inf là một thì túc từ đó được hiểu nghầm ,không viết ra Ex: The exercise is not easy for me to do it.(sai) The exercise is not easy for me to do.(đúng)

3 NGUYÊN TẮC CẦN NHỚ KHI NỐI CÂU DÙNG ENOUGH:

104

https://www.facebook.com/hoanganh.098.nhna English grammar grade 9

1)Nguyên tắc thứ nhất: Nếu trước tính từ ,trạng từ có : too, so, very, quite ,extremely... Trước danh từ có many, much, a lot of, lots of thì phải bỏ. Ex: He is very intelligent.He can do it. ->He is very intelligent enough to do it (sai) ->He is intelligent enough to do it.(đúng) He has a lot of money .He can buy a car. ->He has enough a lot of money to buy a car.(sai) ->He has enough money to buy a car.(đúng) 2) Nguyên tắc thứ hai: Nếu chủ từ hai câu giống nhau thì bỏ phần for sb Ex: Tom is strong. He can lift the box. ->Tom is strong enough for him to lift the box.(sai) ->Tom is strong enough to lift the box.(đúng) The weather is fine. Mary and her little brother can go to school. ->The weather is fine enough to go to school.(sai) ->The weather is fine enough for Mary and her little brother to go to school.(đúng) * Tuy nhiên nếu chủ từ câu sau có ý chung chung thì cũng có thể bỏ đi. Ex: The sun is not warm .We can't live on it. ->The sun is not warm enough to live on.(we ở đây chỉ chung chung, mọi người) 3)Nguyên tắc thứ ba: Nếu chủ từ câu đầu và túc từ câu sau là một thì phải bỏ túc từ câu sau Ex: The water is quite warm .I can drink it. ->The water is warm enough for me to drink it.(sai) ->The water is warm enough for me to drink .(đúng)

9th grade synthesized English grammar

II. TOO:

S +V too { (for SB) to V 𝐀𝐝𝐣 𝐀𝐝𝐯

3 NGUYÊN TẮC CẦN NHỚ KHI NỐI CÂU DÙNG TOO...TO

105

https://www.facebook.com/hoanganh.098.nhna English grammar grade 9

Cũng giống như enough, too...to có các nguyên tắc sau 1)Nguyên tắc thứ nhất : Nếu trước tính từ ,trạng từ có: too ,so ,very , quite ,extremely... thì phải bỏ. 2) Nguyên tắc thứ hai: Nếu chủ từ hai câu giống nhau thì bỏ phần for sb 3) Nguyên tắc thứ ba: Nếu chủ từ câu đầu và túc từ câu sau là một thì phải bỏ túc từ câu sau Ex: He is so weak .He can't run.-> He is too weak to run. The coffee was very hot .I could drink it.-> The coffee was too hot for me to drink. III. SO ...THAT (QUÁ ....ĐẾN NỖI ) CÔNG THỨC : SO + ADJ/ADV + THAT + clause - Cách nối câu dùng so...that + Trước adj/adv nếu có too, so, very,quite...thì bỏ + Nếu có a lot of ,lots of thì phải đổi thành much,many + Sau that viết lại toàn bộ mệnh đề ex: He is very strong .He can lift the box.-> He is so strong that he can lift the box. He ate a lot of food. He became ill.-> He ate so much food that he became ill. He bought lots of books . He didn't know where to put them. ->He bought so many books that he didn't know where to put them. IV. SUCH...THAT (quá... đến nỗi… ) Công thức : SUCH( a/an) + adj + N + THAT + clause -Cách nối câu dùng such….that + Trước adj/adv nếu có too, so, very, quite...thì bỏ + Nếu danh từ là số ít hoặc không đếm được thì không dùng (a/an) + Nếu sau adj không có danh từ thì lấy danh từ ở đầu câu vào rồi thế đại từ vào chủ từ . ex: He is a very lazy boy. No one likes him.->He is such a lazy boy that no one likes him. The coffee is too hot .I can't drink it.->It is such hot coffee that I can't drink it. Her voice is very soft .Everyone likes her.->She has such a soft voice that everyone likes her. + Nếu trước danh từ có much, many thì phải đổi thành a lot of. ex: He bought many books. He didn't know where to put them. -> He bought such a lot of books that he didn't know where to put them DẠNG ĐỀ THƯỜNG GẶP VỀ TOO...TO , SO..THAT, SUCH..THAT, ENOUGH: 1) ĐỔI TỪ SO ..THAT => SUCH ....THAT: Cách làm : Thêm such ( a,an) đem tính từ xuống ,đem danh từ xuống ,từ that trở đi viết lại hết => ĐẠI TỪ + BE SUCH ( A, AN ) ADJ + N + THAT CLAUSE The book is so interesting that I have read it many times. => It is such an interesting book that I have read it many times. Note: Nếu danh từ là số ít hoặc không đếm được thì không có a, an 2) ĐỔI TỪ SO ..THAT => TOO...TO :

9th grade synthesized English grammar

Cách làm : Thêm tính từ vào , bỏ can' , couldn't lấy từ động từ trở đi Nếu chủ từ 2 câu khác nhau thì thêm phần for sb Nếu túc từ câu sau giống chủ từ câu đầu thì bỏ túc từ đó đi => S + BE + TOO + adj +( FOR SB ) TO INF ... The water is so hot that I can't drink it. => The water is too hot for me to drink. - Nếu đổi nguợc lại từ TOO...TO sang SO ..THAT thì thường sai nhất là việc quên thêm túc từ vào và chia sai thì 3) ĐỔI TỪ TOO...TO + V => ENOUGH : Cách làm : - Dùng tính từ phản nghĩa + enough - Viết lại hết phần sau Ex:He is too weak to run fast => He isn't strong enough to run fast. XIII. Structures to V, V_ing Dạng 1: S + (V) + to + V + hoặc S + (V) + sb + to + V+ O

106

https://www.facebook.com/hoanganh.098.nhna English grammar grade 9

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. to afford to V to agree V to agree with so to appear to V to ask to V to ask sb to V ST to decide to V to expect to V to learn to V to manage to V to offer to V to plan to V to promise to V to encourage to V to refuse to V to threaten to V to doubt whether S + (V) to want to V to want sb to V ST to intend to V to advise sb to V to allow sb to V to beg sb to V to forbid to V to invite to V to invite sb to V to persuade sb to V to remind sb to V to teach sb to V cố gắng làm gì đồng ý làm gì đồng ý với ai dường như yêu cầu làm gì yêu cầu ai làm gì quyết định làm gì hi vọng học làm gì xoay xở đề nghị làm gì cho ai đặt kế hoạch hứa khuyến khích từ chối đe dọa nghi ngờ về cái gì đó muốn làm gì muốn ai làm gì có ý định khuyên ai làm gì cho phép ai làm gì cầu xin ai cấm làm gì mời mời ai làm gì thuyết phục ai làm gì nhắc ai làm gì dạy

9th grade synthesized English grammar

to tell sb to V to urge sb to V to have sb V to make sb V S + would like to V S + used to V to + encourage sb to V ST to remind sb of about ST/so It + (take) + SB + (time) + to V ST bảo hối thúc nhờ bắt ép thích đã từng làm gì (nay không làm nữa) khuyến khích ai làm gì gợi nhớ về điều gì ai mất bao nhiêu thời gian để làm gì 30. 31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 37. 38.

Dạng 2: S + (V) + Ving

107

https://www.facebook.com/hoanganh.098.nhna English grammar grade 9

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. 32. 33. 34. to admit Ving to avoid Ving to delay Ving to deny Ving to enjoy Ving to finish Ving to keep Ving to mind Ving to suggest Ving to like Ving to hate Ving to love Ving S + can’t bear Ving S + can’t stand Ving S + can’t help Ving to look forward to Ving to accuse SB of Ving to insist SB on Ving to remind SB of Ving to remind SB about Ving to be afraid of Ving to be amazed at Ving to be angry about/at Ving to be good/bad at Ving to be bored with Ving to be dependent on ST/ Ving to be different from to be excited about to think of ST/Ving ST to thank to ST/so/Ving ST to thank SB for Ving ST to apologize (to so) for Ving ST to confess to Ving ST to congratulate SB on Ving sth chấp nhận đã làm gì tránh trì hoãn phủ nhận thích hoàn thành tiếp tục, duy trì bận tâm gợi ý thích ghét thích không thể chịu được không thể chịu được không thể tránh được trông mong buộc tội ai nài nỉ ai làm gì gợi nhớ nhắc ai về việc gì sợ ngạc nhiên giận/ bực mình giỏi/ kém buồn chán phụ thuộc khác biệt háo hức nhớ về cái gì đó nhờ vào cái gì, vào ai gì đó cảm ơn ai vì đã làm gì xin lỗi ai vì cái gì đó thú nhận chúc mừng ai vì điều gì đó

9th grade synthesized English grammar

demand to do ST

108

https://www.facebook.com/hoanganh.098.nhna English grammar grade 9

to be friendly with 35. to be familiar with 36. to be popular with 37. to be based on 38. to be capable of 39. to be doubtful about 40. to take part in = join = paticipate 41. to join sth 42. to join in Ving ST 43. to be famous for 44. to be fed up with 45. to be fond of Ving 46. to be grateful to SB for Ving ST 47. to be interested in 48. to be keen on 49. to be nervous of 50. to be responsible for 51. to be satisfied with 52. to be successful in 53. to be worried about 54. to be surprised at 55. to be tired of 56. to be used to Ving 57. to warn SB of ST/Ving ST 58. to warn SB against Ving ST 59. to thank SB for Ving ST 60. to dream of/about ST/so/Ving 61. to prevent/ stop/ protect SB/ST from Ving ST 62. to be thankful/grateful to SB for Ving ST 63. to look forward to Ving ST 64. to think about sth/Ving ST 65. to insist on Ving ST 66. to give SB ST 67. to give ST to SB 68. to buy SB sth 69. to buy ST for SB 70. to bring SB ST 71. to bring ST to SB 72. force to do ST 73. 74. mean to do ST 75. 76. want to do ST agree to do ST 77. expect to do ST 78. offer to do ST 79. thân thiện với quen thuộc với phổ biến/ưa chuộng dựa trên có khả năng nghi ngờ tham gia tham gia cái gì tham gia làm gì nổi tiếng vì chán thích biết ơn ai vì đã làm gì thích, quan tâm đam mê lo lắng có trách nhiệm hài lòng thành công lo lắng ngạc nhiên mệt mỏi vì đã quen làm gì cảnh báo ai việc gì hoặc làm gì cảnh báo ai không được làm gì cảm ơn ai vì đã làm gì giấc mơ về việc gì, về ai, về làm gì ngăn cản ai/cái gì làm gì biết ơn ai vì đã làm gì trông mong ai làm gì suy nghĩ về cái gì đó khăng khăng làm gì đưa cho ai cái gì đưa cái gì cho ai mua cho ai cái gì mua cái gì cho ai mang cho ai cái gì mang cái gì cho ai yêu cầu, bắt chước định làm gì yêu cầu muốn làm gì đồng ý làm gì mong đợi đề nghị

9th grade synthesized English grammar

hope to do ST

80. 81. mention doing ST count on doing ST 82. have to do 83. to prevent SB/ST from 84. to apply for 85. to look for 86. hi vọng đề cập phụ thuộc phải làm ngăn cản ai/cái gì làm gì nộp đơn tìm kiếm

Những động từ theo sau là to-inf hoặc -ing có nghĩa thay đổi

1. Forget

2. Remember

3. Regret

4. Try

5. Be sorry

6. Stop

7. Need Forget to V Forget Ving Remember to V Remember Ving Regret to V Regret Ving Try to V Try ving Be sorry to V Be sorry Ving = apologize SB for Ving Stop Ving Stop to V Need V = need To V Need Ving quên phải làm gì quên đã làm gì nhớ phải làm gì nhớ đã làm gì tiếc phải làm gì hối tiếc đã làm gì Cố gắng làm gì Thử làm gì Tiếc phải làm gì Xin lỗi vì làm gì Dừng việc đang làm Dừng để làm việc khác Cần làm gì Cần được làm gì

Những động từ theo sau là V-ing hoặc to-inf nhưng nghĩa không thay đổi

1. 2. 3. begin to V = begin Ving continue to V = continue Ving start to V = start Ving bắt đầu làm gì bắt đầu làm gì bắt đầu làm gì

Cấu trúc câu dạng S V-0-V (chủ ngữ-động từ 1-tân ngữ-động từ 2) Động từ nguyên mẫu (bare infinitive) theo sau các động từ như: - MAKE, HAVE (ở dạng sai bảo chủ động), LET, HELP thì V2 sẽ ở dạng bare inf. Cấu trúc: make / have / let sb do st. Ex: I make him go. I let him go.

- Nếu V1 là các động từ như: HEAR, SEE, FEEL, NOTICE, WATCH, FIND, CATCH... thì V2 là Ving (hoặc bare inf)

bắt gặp (xem) ai đó đang làm gì. nhìn thấy, nghe thấy ai đó đang làm gì. nhìn thấy, nghe thấy ai đó đã làm gì.

1. watch / find/ catch sb doing sth: see/ hear/ feel sb doing sth: 2. see/ hear/ feel sb do sth: 3. Cấu trúc: - Theo sau động từ have, get có dạng P2 Cấu trúc: Have / Get ST DONE Have SB do Get SB to do

EXERCICES ON SO, SUCH, TOO, ENOUGH

109

https://www.facebook.com/hoanganh.098.nhna English grammar grade 9

1) Put in the blanks with SO or SUCH: 1) Come on! Don’t walk ………..slowly.

9th grade synthesized English grammar

2) I’ve never read ………..an interesting book. 3) Everything is …….expensive these days, isn’t it? 4) It was……….a boring film that I fell asleep at once. 5) The wind was ……….strong. It was difficult to sleep. 6) I like Tom and Ann. They are ……….nice. 7) I’m afraid I can’t remember. It was…….. a long time ago. 8) After living there for ………long, he must know the town very well. 9) Why are you in ……..a hurry? 10) We have………much to do. 2) Fill in the blanks with SO MANY/SO MUCH 1) We have …………problems that we can’t go to bed early. 2) Why have you got………….furniture? 3) There was………….food that everyone ate too much. 4) There were…………guests that there weren’t enough food. 5) Why did you buy ……….beer? 6) Doctor Smith has ………….patients that he ‘s always busy. 7) I ate ……sandwiches that I felt ill. 8) My father has ………….things to do that he can’t come back home tonight. 9) They drank………..wine that they couldn’t walk. 10) The bank of this river has got ………..weeds that we can’t swim. 3) Rewrite these sentences using the cues provided with SO/SUCH?TOO/ENOUGH 1) We went to bed early because we were very tired. → We were so…………………….. 2) The lesson is very difficult. We can’t understand it. → It is such………………………………….. 3) The car is so old that he doesn’t want to drive it. → It is such………………………….. 4) The weather was very cold. We couldn’t go out. → The weather was too……………... 5) The film was so interesting that we couldn’t miss it. → It was such……………….. 6) David has too many girlfriends . He can’t remember all of their names. → David has so………………... 7) Tome drive too fast, so he often causes accidents. → Tom drives so……………………. 8) This is good tea. I think I’ll have another cup. → This is such…………………………..... 9) John was very angry. He couldn’t say anything. → John was too…………………………….. 10) These exercises are so long that I can’t finish them in an hour. → They are………………. 11. She is old. She can work by herself. (Enough) → She is………………………………………… 12. The boy is intelligent.He can understand you. (Enough) → The boy is…………………………… 13. Mai is good. She can pass the examination. (Enough) → Mai is…………………………………………

110

https://www.facebook.com/hoanganh.098.nhna English grammar grade 9

9th grade synthesized English grammar

14. The story is short. We can read it in one hour. (Enough) →The story is…………………………………… 15. The film was very good. We saw it through. (Enough) → The film was…………………………………… 16. The play was very amusing. They enjoyed it. (Enough) → The play was…………………………… 17) The children were very late.They couldn’t see the display of fireworks. (Too) → It was……………………………………………………………………………. 18) Your brother is very young.He can’t go swimming. (Too) → He is…..………..…………………………………… 19) The sound is very low.We can’t hear it. (Too) → The sound was………………………….. 20) This book is very difficult.I can’t read it. (Too) → This book is……………….. 4. Viết lại câu không thay đổi nghĩa: 1) The room is so tidy that it took us one hour to clean it. => It is .………………………………………………… 2) The man is so fool that no one took any notice of him. => He is .…………………………………………… 3) The film is so long that they can't broadcast it on one night. => It is .…………………………………………… 4) The books are so interesting that we have read them many times. => They are .…………………………………………… 5) The news was so bad that she burst into tears on hearing it. => It was .…………………………………………… 6) The food was so hot that it turned my tongue. => It was .…………………………………………… 7) There is so much rain that we can't go out. => There is such .…………………………………………… 8) The boy is so fat that every calls him Stuffy. => He is .…………………………………………… 9) The milk is so excellent that all the children want some more. => It is .…………………………………………… 10) The weather was so warm that they had a walk in the garden. => It was .…………………………………………… 11) There were so many people in the hall that we couldn't see him. => There were such .…………………………………………… 12) The match was so exciting that all the fans shouted loudly. => It was .…………………………………………… 13) They drank so much coffee that they couldn't sleep all night. => They drunk such .…………………………………………… 14) Alice had so many exercises to do that she couldn't go out. => Alice had such .…………………………………………… 15) The woman was so poor that she needed everyone's help. => She was .…………………………………………… 5. Viết lại câu dùng TOO.....TO…

111

https://www.facebook.com/hoanganh.098.nhna English grammar grade 9

9th grade synthesized English grammar

1) The weather is so bad that we can’t go out. => The weather is too .…………………………………………… 2) The film was so boring that we couldn’t go on seeing it. => The film was too .…………………………………………… 3) He was so old that he couldn’t run fast. => He was too .…………………………………………… 4) He spoke so fast that we couldn’t understand him. => He spoke too .…………………………………………… 5) The fair was so noisy that we couldn’t hear each other. => The fair was too .…………………………………………… 6) You speak so fast that I can’t catch up with your words. => You speak too .…………………………………………… 7) It is so early that we can’t go out. => It is too .…………………………………………… 8) The water is so hot that I can’t drink it. => The water is too .…………………………………………… 9) The restaurant is so expensive that we can’t eat in that restaurant. => The restaurant is too .…………………………………………… 10) He studied so badly that he couldn’t pass the exam. => He studied too .…………………………………………… 6. Combine each of the following pairs of sentences into one sentence using too/enough with infinitive. 1 You are very young. You can't have a front-door key. 2 It is very cold. We can't bathe. 3 Would you be very kind and answer this letter by return? 4 I am rather old. I can't wear that kind of hat. 5 The ladder wasn't very long. It didn't reach the window. 6 He hadn't much money. He couldn't live on it. (Omit it.) 7 He was furious. He couldn't speak. 8 The fire isn't very hot. It won't boil a kettle. 9 Tom was very foolish. He told lies to the police. 10 You are quite thin. You could slip between the bars. 11 He is very ill. He can't eat anything. 12 Our new car is very wide. It won't get through those gates. 13 The floor wasn't strong. We couldn't dance on it. (Omit it.) 14 I was terrified. I couldn't move. 15 The bull isn't big. He couldn't harm you. 16 The coffee isn't strong. It won't keep us awake. 17 The river is deep. We can't wade it. (Omit it.) 18 He is lazy. He won't get up early. 19 He won't get up early so he never catches the fast train. 20 Would you be very good and forward my letters while I am away? 21 The ice is quite thick. We can walk on it. (Omit it.) 22 He was very drunk. He couldn't answer my question. 23 It is very cold. We can't have breakfast in the garden. 24 He was extremely rash. He set off up the mountain in a thick fog. 25 We aren't very high. We can't see the summit.

112

https://www.facebook.com/hoanganh.098.nhna English grammar grade 9

9th grade synthesized English grammar

9) such 10) so 5) so 6) so 7) such 8) so

26 You aren't very old. You can't understand these things. 27 He was very snobbish. He wouldn't talk to any of us. 28 The package is very thick. I can't push it through the letterbox. (Omit it.) 29 She was very mean. She never gave to charity. 30 He is very impatient. He never listens to anyone. 31 I was very tired. I couldn't walk any further. 32 It's not very dark. We can't see the stars clearly. 33 It was very hot. You could fry an egg on the pavement. 34 The oranges were very bitter. We couldn't eat them. (Omit them.) 35 Would you be very kind and turn down the radio a little? 36 He is very selfish. He wouldn't put himself out for anyone. ĐÁP ÁN 1. 1) So 2) such 3) so 4) such 2.1) so many 2) so many3) so much 4) so many 5) so much 6) so much 7) so much 8) so many 9) so much 10) so much 3. 1) We were so tired that we went to bed early. 2) It is such a difficult lesson that we can’t understand it. 3) It is such an old car that he doesn’t want to drive it. 4) The weather was too cold (for us) to go out. 5) It was such an interesting film that we couldn’t miss it. 6) David has so many friends that he can’t remember all of their names. . 7) Tom drives so fast that he often cause accidents. 8) This is such good tea that I think I’ll have another cup. 9) John was too angry to say anything. 10) They are such long exercises that I can’t finish them in an hour. 11) She is old enough to work by herself. 12) The boy is intelligent enough to understand you. 13) Mai is good enough to pass the examination. 14) The story is short enough for us to read in one hour. 15) The film was good enough (for us) to see. 16)The play was amusing enough to enjoy. 17) It was too late for the children to see the display of fireworks. 18) He is too young to go swimming. 19) The sound was too low (for us) to hear. 20)This book is too difficult (for me) to read. 4. Viết lại câu không thay đổi nghĩa: 1) It is such a tidy room that it took us one hour to clean it. 2) He is such a fool man that no one took any notice of him. 3) It is such a long film that they can't broadcast it on one night. 4) They are such interesting books that we have read them many times. 5) It was such bad news that she burst into tears on hearing it. 6) It was such hot food that it turned my tongue. 7) There is such a lot of rain that we can't go out. 8) He is such a fat boy that every calls him Stuffy. 9) It is such excellent milk that all the children want some more. 10) It was such warm weather that they had a walk in the garden 11) There were such a lot of people in the hall that we couldn't see him.

113

https://www.facebook.com/hoanganh.098.nhna English grammar grade 9

9th grade synthesized English grammar

19 early enough to catch 20 so good as to forward/good enough to forward 21 thick enough to walk on 22 too drunk to answer 23 too cold to have 24 rash enough to set off/so rash as to set off 25 high enough to see 26 old enough to understand 27 too snobbish to talk 28 too thick to push through 29 too mean to give 30 too impatient to listen 31 too tired to walk 32 not dark enough to see 33 hot enough to fry 34 too bitter to eat 35 so kind as to turn down/kind enough to turn down 36 too selfish to put

6) You speak too fast for me to catch up with. 7) It is too early for us to go out 8) The water is too hot for me to drink. 9) The restaurant is too expensive for us to eat in. 10) He studied too badly to pass the exam.

12) It was such an exciting match that all the fans shouted loudly. 13) They drunk such a lot of coffee that they couldn't sleep all night. 14) Alice had such a lot of exercises to do that she couldn't go out. 15) She was such a poor woman that she needed everyone's 5. 1) The weather is too bad to go out. 2) The film was too boring for us to go on seeing. 3) He was too old to run fast. 4) He spoke too fast for us to understand. 5) The fair was too noisy for us to hear each other. 6. 1 too young to have 2 too cold to bathe 3 so kind as to answer/kind enough to answer 4 too old to wear 5 long enough to reach 6 enough money to live on 7 too furious to speak 8 hot enough to boil 9 foolish enough to tell/so foolish as to tell 10 thin enough to slip 11 too ill to eat 12 too wide to get through 13 strong enough to dance on 14 too terrified to move 15 big enough to harm 16 strong enough to keep 17 too deep to wade 18 too lazy to get up XIV. CLAUSES & PHRASES (Mệnh đề & Cụm từ) I. WISH – Clauses & IF ONLY – Clauses (Mệnh đề ước): Diễn đạt ước muốn (thường là không có thật). (If only mạnh hơn & rõ ràng hơn Wish). Sau Wish & If Only có 3 loại mệnh đề được dùng để chỉ sự ao ước ở tương lai, hiện tại và quá khứ. 1. Ước ở tương lai:

+ 𝐒𝟐 + would (not) + 𝐕𝐢𝐧𝐟 𝐒𝟏 +

wish If only Ex. I wish you would stop smoking. / If only Jane would take the trip. * NOTE: trong câu với Wish, không thể dùng với would , thay vào đó ta dùng với could

( I wish I would… → I wish I could…..)

2. Ước ở hiện tại:

+ 𝐒𝟐 + would (not) + 𝐕𝟐/𝐞𝐝 𝐒𝟏 + wish If only

Ex. I wish I were/was rich. (Now I’m poor) * NOTE: trong câu với Wish, không thể dùng với would , thay vào đó ta dùng với could

( I wish I would… → I wish I could…..)

3. Ước ở quá khứ:

+ 𝐒𝟐 + had (not) + 𝐕𝟑/𝐞𝐝 𝐒𝟏 + wish If only

114

https://www.facebook.com/hoanganh.098.nhna English grammar grade 9

Ex. I wish I hadn’t failed my exam last year.

9th grade synthesized English grammar

II. PHRASES / CLAUSES OF PURPOSE (Cụm từ/ Mệnh đề chỉ mục đích): 1. PHRASES OF PURPOSE - Cụm từ chỉ mục đích: Diễn tả mục đích của hành động, ta dùng cụm từ bắt đầu bằng To-inf / in order / so as + to – inf.

+ to 𝐕𝐢𝐧𝐟 To – inf In order (not) So as (not)

Ex. He went to France (in order / so as) to study French.

I try to study to pass my next exam

2. CLAUSES OF PURPOSE - Mệnh đề chỉ mục đích

S1 + V + S2 + + Vinf so that in order that

Mệnh đề chính will / would can / could may /might Mệnh đề chỉ mục đích

Ex. He went to France so that he could study French.

I try all best to study English in order that I can find a bwetter job

*NOTE : Nếu chủ ngữ của mệnh đề chính và mệnh đề chỉ mục đích khác nhau thì ta không được dùng CLAUSES OF PURPOSE III. PHRASES / CLAUSES OF RESULT (Cụm từ / Mệnh đề chỉ kết quả) 1. PHRASES OF RESULT - Cụm từ chỉ kết quả 1.1 Too…..to….(quá …..đến nỗi không thể…): Được dùng trước tính từ hoặc trạng từ.

S + 𝐕𝐭𝐡ườ𝐧𝐠 + too + adv+ (for O) +𝐭𝐨 𝐕𝐢𝐧𝐟 S + tobe (look, seem, become, get,…) + too + adj + (for O) +𝐭𝐨 𝐕𝐢𝐧𝐟

Ex. He is too tobe short adj

He spoke too V to play basketball quickly adv to understand.

1.2. Enough …..to….(đủ …..để có thể….): được dùng sau tính từ/trạng từ

S + 𝐕𝐭𝐡ườ𝐧𝐠 + adv + enough (for O) +𝐭𝐨 𝐕𝐢𝐧𝐟 S + tobe + adj + enough (for O) +𝐭𝐨 𝐕𝐢𝐧𝐟 S + V + enough + noun (danh từ) + (for O) +𝐭𝐨 𝐕𝐢𝐧𝐟

I am strong enough to lift that box. / I am enough strength to lift that box. Ex. The coffee is too hot for me to drink. 2. CLAUSES OF RESULT - Mệnh đề chỉ kết quả 2.1. SO…THAT…: Quá…..đến nỗi…..

S + Vthường + so + Adv + that + S + V S + be + so + Adj + that + S + V

Ex. It was so dark that I couldn’t see anything. * NOTE : Nếu trước SO có MANY, MUCH, FEW, LITTER thì ta có cấu trúc

S + V + so N(plural/countable: số nhiều / đếm được) + that + S + V many few

115

https://www.facebook.com/hoanganh.098.nhna English grammar grade 9

Ex. There are so many people in the room that I feel tired

9th grade synthesized English grammar

S + V + so N(uncountable: không đếm được) + that + S + V much litter

Ex. He has invested so much money in the project that he can’t abandon it now * Một cấu trúc khác của SO…THAT…

S + tobe + so + Adj + a + N(singular/countable: số it/ đếm được) + that + S + V

Ex. It was so hot a day that we decided to stay indoors. 2.2. SUCH ….THAT….: Quá…..đến nỗi…..

S + tobe + such + (a/an) Adj + N + that + S + V

Ex. It was such (a) heavy piano(s) that we couldn’t move it. IV. PHRASES/ CLAUSES OF REASON (Cụm từ / Mệnh đề chỉ lý do) 1. PHRASES OF REASON - Cụm từ chỉ lý do

+

Because of Owing to Due to Noun Pronoun V-ing phrases

Ex. We didn’t go out due to/ because of the cold weather. 2. CLAUSES OF REASON - Mệnh đề chỉ lý do

Because/Since/As + S + V

(Because / Since / As / Seeing that / For / In that / In as much as / Now (that) = because of the fact that) + S + V Ex. Since/ Because it was too dark, we camped there. V. PHRASES / CLAUSES OF CONCESSION (Mệnh đề / Cụm từ chỉ sự nhượng bộ) 1. PHRASES OF CONCESSION - Cụm từ chỉ sự nhượng bộ

+ In spite of Despite Noun Pronoun V-ing phrase

Ex. Despite the danger, Kitty wanted to report on the war. 2. CLAUSES OF CONCESSION - Mệnh đề chỉ sự nhượng bộ 2.1. Although, though, even though (có thể đứng trước/sau mệnh đề chính)

+ S1 + V1, S2 + V2…

Although / Though / Even though = Inspite of the fact that = Despite the fact that Ex. Although it rained heavily, they went for a picnic. * Cấu trúc từ Although / Though / Even though thành Despite/ In spite of

+ S2 + V2 … => Despite

In spite of V_ing N_Phrase

= Inspite of the fact that it rained heavily, they went for a picnic.  Despite the heavy rain, they went for a picnic. Note: Khi mệnh đề nhượng bộ & mệnh đề chính có cùng chủ ngữ, ta có thể bỏ chủ ngữ và động từ “Be” trong mệnh đề nhượng bộ. Ex. (Al)though (she was) a disabled girl, she was confident. 2.2. No matter, whatever (cho dù, bất kể): (luôn đứng trước mệnh đề chính)

116

https://www.facebook.com/hoanganh.098.nhna English grammar grade 9

No matter + what/ who/ when / where / why / how (adj/adv) + S + V Whatever (+N)/ whoever/whenever/ wherever/however(+Adj)+ S + V

9th grade synthesized English grammar

Ex. No matter who you are, I still love you. VI. AS IF/ AS THOUGH/ IT’S (HIGH)TIME / WOULD RATHER 1. AS IF/ AS THOUGH: (như thể là): 1.1. Diễn tả một người/vật trông như thế nào, có thể xảy ra ở hiện tại (thường đi với các động từ: Look, sound, feel) Ex. I feel as if I am dying. 1.2. Diễn tả một điều không có thật ở hiện tại

S + V + as if / as though + S + V2/-ed

Ex. He talks as if he knew everything. 2. IT’S (HIGH) TIME: (đã đến lúc)

+ S + V2/-ed (be => were) It’s (high) time + (for O) + to Vinf

S + would rather (not) + bare–inf (+than + bare–inf) Ex. I would rather stay at home (than go out with you). S + would rather (not) + have + V3/-ed (+than + bare–inf) Ex. Tom would rather have gone fishing than skiing last week. S1 + would rather (that) + S2 + V2/-ed (nhưng không xảy ra) Ex. I would rather you went home. S1 + would rather (that) + S2 + had + V3/-ed (nhưng không xảy ra) Ex. I would rather you hadn’t left yesterday

Ex. It’s time we went home. / It’s time for us to go home. 3. WOULD RATHER: (thà…hơn là) Hiện tại: Quá khứ: Mong muốn ở HT/TL: Mong muốn ở QK: XVI. So, Too, Neither, Either 1. Too, so (dùng cho câu mang nghĩa khẳng định)

- Too dùng ở cuối câu

Ex: John: I hate mushrooms. Me: I do too (I also hate mushrooms).

- So luôn đứng đầu câu và phải mượn trợ động từ phù hợp đi liền sau. Trợ động từ đứng liền

trước chủ ngữ. Ex: John: I hate mushrooms. Me: So do I (I also hate mushrooms). 2. Either, Neither (dùng cho câu mang nghĩa phủ định)

- Either đứng ở cuối câu.

Ex: Lucy: I don't live in London. Me: I don't either (I also don't live in London).

- Neither đứng đầu câu, mượn trợ động từ. Trợ động từ đứng liền sau neither và liền trước chủ

117

https://www.facebook.com/hoanganh.098.nhna English grammar grade 9

ngữ. Ex: Lucy: I don't live in London. Me: Neither do I (I also don't live in London).

9th grade synthesized English grammar

XVIII. Conjunctions (Liên Từ) 1. Định nghĩa liên từ Liên từ là các từ dùng để nối các từ loại, cụm từ hay mệnh đề trong câu. 2. Phân loại liên từ 2.1. Liên từ kết hợp - Liên từ kết hợp dùng để nối các từ, cụm từ cùng loại hoặc những mệnh đề ngang hàng nhau (tính từ với tính từ, danh từ với danh từ …). - Các liên từ kết hợp có thể là:

And (và) I love trees and flowers. (Tôi yêu cây và hoa.)

But (nhưng) She is very rich but mean. (Cô ấy rất giàu nhưng keo kiệt.)

So (vì vậy) She works hard, so she deserves it. (Cô ấy làm việc chăm chỉ vì vậy cô ấy xứng đáng điều đó.)

Nor (cũng không) I don’t like banana nor orange. (Tôi không thích chuối mà cũng không thích cam.)

Or (hoặc) You can go there by bike or by bus. (Bạn có thế đến đó bằng xe đạp hoặc xe buýt.)

Yet (tuy nhiên) She said she didn’t love him, yet he still loved her. (Cô ấy nói rằng cô ấy không yêu anh ta tuy nhiên anh ta vẫn yêu cô ấy.)

For (vì) She cannot go shopping, for it is raining. (Cô ấy không thể ra ngoài mua sắm vì trời đang mưa.)

I like playing not only volleyball but also basketball. (Tôi thích chơi không chỉ bóng chuyền mà cả bóng rổ nữa.) The winner is not Tom but Peter. (Người chiến thằng không phải Tom mà là Peter. She is as beautiful as her mother. (Cô ấy cũng đẹp như mẹ cô ấy.)

118

https://www.facebook.com/hoanganh.098.nhna English grammar grade 9

* Lưu ý: Khi các liên từ nối hai mệnh đề trong một câu, ta cần thêm dấu phẩy (,) sau mệnh đề thứ nhất trước liên từ. He loves watching films, but his mother hates it. (Anh ấy thích xem phim nhưng mẹ anh ta thì ghét.) 2.2. Tương liên từ - Một vài liên từ thường kết hợp với các từ khác để tạo thành các tương liên từ. Chúng thường được sử dụng theo cặp để liên kết các cụm từ hoặc mệnh đề có chức năng tương đương nhau về mặt ngữ pháp. - Các tương liên từ có thể là : Not only …..but also Không chỉ …..mà còn Not .... but không phải ..... mà là .... As .... as như Both ….and cả … và Either …..or hoặc ….hoặc Neither ….nor Both my parents and I like travelling. (Cả bố mẹ tôi và tôi đều thích đi du lịch.) I want either a sandwich or a pizza. (Tôi muốn một chiếc sandwich hoặc một chiếc pizza.) He drinks neither wine nor beer. (Anh ấy không uống rượu cũng không

9th grade synthesized English grammar

sooner ….than vừa

received I

không ….cũng không Whether ….Or liệu có ….hay không No mới ….thì đã Hardly/Scarcely ….when vừa mới….thì đã

uống bia.) I haven’t decided whether to go abroad to study or stay at home. (Tôi vẫn chưa quyết định có đi học ở nước ngoài hay ở nhà.) No sooner had they gone out than it rained heavily. (Họ vừa mới ra ngoài thì trời mưa.) the bachelor degree when I was Hardly/Scarcely had employed. (Tôi vừa mới nhận được bằng đại học thì tôi đã được tuyển dụng.)

Once you understand this problem, you will find no difficulty. (Một khi bạn hiểu được vấn đề này, bạn sẽ không thấy nó khó nữa.) When she comes back, she will buy food. (Khi cô ấy về, cô ấy sẽ mua thức ăn.) As soon as I finish the homework, I will go to sleep. (Ngay sau khi làm xong bài tập, tôi sẽ đi ngủ.) While I was in China, I went out a lot. (Khi tôi ở Trung Quốc, tôi đi chơi rất nhiều.) By the time I came home, everyone had slept. (Khi tôi về tới nhà, mọi người đã đi ngủ hết rồi.) Someone called me as I was taking a bath. (Ai đó đã gọi tôi khi tôi đang tắm.) I have lived here since I was 10 years old. (Tôi sống ở đây từ khi tôi 10 tuổi.) She had known the truth before I told her. (Cô ấy đã biết sự thật trước khi tôi nói cho cô ấy.) He came after the train had left. (Anh ấy tới sau khi chuyến tàu rời đi.) I will stay here till/until he comes back. (Tôi sẽ ở lại đây cho tới khi anh ấy quay lại.) During my stay, I find him very naughty. (Trong suốt thời gian tôi ở đây, tôi thấy thằng bé rất nghịch.) Just as he entered the house, he saw a thief. (Ngay khi bước vào nhà, anh ta nhìn thấy một tên trộm.) Whenever you are free, we will practice speaking English. (Bất cứ khi nào bạn rảnh, chúng ta sẽ thực hành nói Tiếng Anh.) No sooner had she gone out than he came. (Cô ấy vừa đi ra ngoài thì anh ta tới.) Hardly/Scarcely had she had a shower when the phone rang. (Cô ấy vừa mới đi tắm thì điện thoại reo.)

119

https://www.facebook.com/hoanganh.098.nhna English grammar grade 9

2.3. Liên từ phụ thuộc - Liên từ phụ thuộc dùng để kết nối các từ, cụm từ hoặc mệnh đề có chức năng khác nhau - mệnh đề phụ với mệnh đề chính trong câu. - Liên từ phụ thuộc thường đứng đầu mệnh đề phụ thuộc. 2.3.1. Liên từ chỉ thời gian - Các liên từ chỉ thời gian có thể là: Once (Một khi) When (Khi) As soon as (Ngay sau khi) While (Khi/Trong khi) By the time (Tính cho tới lúc) As (Khi) Since (Từ khi) Before (Trước khi) After (Sau khi) Till/Until (Cho tới khi) During +N/V-ing (Trong suôt) Just as (Ngay khi) Whenever (Bất cứ khi nào) No sooner ….than …. (Vừa mới…. thì đã…) Hardly/Scarcely…when … (Vừa mới …thì đã…) 2.3.2. Liên từ chỉ nơi chốn

9th grade synthesized English grammar

Where (Ở đâu)

I don’t know where she lives. (Tôi không biết cô ấy sống ở đâu.)

I can go anywhere you like. (Tôi có thể tới bất cứ nơi nào bạn muốn.) You can sit wherever you like. (Bạn có thể ngồi bất cứ chỗ nào bạn thích.)

Anywhere (Bất cứ đâu) Wherever (Bất cứ đâu) 2.3.3. Liên từ chỉ cách thức - As/ Just as: như là/ giống như là Ví dụ: He loves flowers as/just as women love. (Anh ấy thích hoa cũng như là phụ nữ thích hoa vậy.) - As if/As though: như thể là Ví dụ: He dresses as if/as though it were in winter even in the summer.

(Anh ta mặc cứ như là mùa đông dù đang là mùa hè.)

120

https://www.facebook.com/hoanganh.098.nhna English grammar grade 9

2.3.4. Liên từ chỉ lý do - Because/Since/As: vì - Now that/ In that/Seeing that + S+V : vì rằng - For: vì Ví dụ: - Now that I am in a foreign country, I visit my home once a year. (Vì rằng giờ tôi đang ở nước ngoài, tôi chỉ về thăm nhà được 1 năm 1 lần.) - Because/since/as he is tired, he stays at home. (Vì anh ấy mệt, anh ấy ở nhà.) - They cannot go out, for it rains heavily. (Họ không thể ra ngoài vì trời mưa to.) + Ngoài ra, ta còn có các liên từ có cách diễn đạt khác như: - Because of/ Due to/ On account of + V-ing/N: Ví dụ: - Because of being tired, he didn’t go to the school. (Vì bị mệt, anh ta không đi học.) - On account of a storm, the show is postponed. (Vì có bão, chương trình bị hoãn lại.) 2.3.5. Liên từ chỉ kết quả - So + Adj/Adv + that: quá ……đến nỗi mà So + many/much/ (a) few/(a) little + N + that: Ví dụ: - He is so intelligent that he can do all the difficult exercises.(Anh ấy giỏi tới mức mà anh ấy có thể làm được tất cả những bài tập khó.) - There are so many students that there are not enough chairs. (Có nhiều học sinh tới mức mà không có đủ ghế để ngồi.) - Such + (a/an) + Adj + N + that: quá ….đến nỗi mà It was such a cold day that I just want to stay at home. (Trời lạnh đến nỗi mà tôi chỉ muốn ở nhà.) - So: vì vậy I don’t have any money, so I cannot buy a television. (Tôi không có tiền vì vậy tôi không thể mua được một cái ti vi.) Một số trạng từ liên kết hay dùng với nghĩa tương tự: - Therefore/Consequently/As a result/ As a consequence/ With the result that: vì vậy I got up late, with the result that I missed my bus. (Tôi dậy muộn vì vậy tôi bị lỡ xe buýt.) 2.3.6. Liên từ chỉ mục đích - So that/ In order that: để mà

9th grade synthesized English grammar

c. however b. but

b. however c. and

c. both d. and b. nor

b. nevertheless d. otherwise c. still

He learns English so that he can get a better job. (Anh ấy học Tiếng Anh để anh ấy có thể kiếm được công việc tốt.) Lưu ý: Ngoài ra ta còn có thể dùng cấu trúc So as (not) to / In order (not) to/ (not) to + V He works hard so that he can buy a new house. = He works hard so as to/in order to/to buy a new house. (Anh ấy làm việc chăm chỉ để anh ấy có thể mua được một ngôi nhà mới.) 2.3.7. Liên từ chỉ sự nhượng bộ - Though/Even though/ Although + S + V: mặc dù Although he is tired, he goes to work. (Mặc dù anh ấy mệt, anh ấy vẫn đi làm.) Although she is a beautiful girl, no one loves her. (Mặc dù cô ấy rất xinh, không ai yêu cô ấy.) - In spite of/Despite + Ving/N: mặc dù In spite of his broken leg, he goes out. (Mặc dù chân anh ấy bị gãy, anh ấy vẫn đi chơi.) Despite raining, they play soccer. (Mặc dù trời mưa, họ vẫn đá bóng.) 2.3.8. Liên từ chỉ sự tương phản -While/ Whereas: trong khi Many people like meat, while/whereas others do not. (Có rất nhiều người thích thịt lợn trong khi nhiều người lại không.) 2.3.9. Liên từ chỉ so sánh - as….as: giống như She sings as beautifully as her mother. (Cô ấy hát hay như mẹ cô ấy.) - than: so với He runs faster than his friend. (Anh ấy chạy nhanh hơn bạn của anh ấy) This watch is more expensive than that one. (Chiếc đồng hồ này đắt hơn chiếc đồng hồ kia.) Chú ý: Ngoài liên từ, chúng ta cũng có thể dùng các trạng từ liên kết để nối các mệnh đề với nhau: - Besides: bên cạnh đó - Consequently: do đó - Furthermore/Moreover: hơn nữa, vả lại - Hence: do đó - However/nevertheless/yet: tuy nhiên - Therefore/thus: vì thế - On the other hand: mặt khác 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

121

https://www.facebook.com/hoanganh.098.nhna English grammar grade 9

She's not only beautiful_________ intelligent. a. but also d. yet I was very tired, ________ I determined to walk on to the next village. d. or a. therefore You can come here either on Monday__________ on Friday. a. or He had to act immediately; ________ he would have been too late. a. consequently They said both he_________ I were to come. a. and b. but d. so c. or

9th grade synthesized English grammar

b. nor c. or else

b. so c. both d. moreover

b. however c. for all that d. on the other hand

c. but b. whereas d. accordingly The weather in Dalat is neither too hot in summer________ too cold in winter. a. or d. otherwise Jane is beautiful and intelligent________ a. too Jane is beautiful and intelligent; ________ she's very kind. a. moreover He never works_______ he gains all the prizes. a. furthermore

c. thus b. hence a. what's more d. nevertheless

a. and c. either b. whereas d. nevertheless

b. yet c. still a. however d. otherwise

a. If so c. With b. If not d. Without

c. instead b. but also d. instead of

b. In spite c. Because d. And

b. if a. but _______His denial, we knew that he was guilty. a. Despite John's family is very happy_______his being a warded a scholarship. a. because of c. either d. nor

d. moreover a. not just c. both b. and

b. either d. both a. as

b. as well as a. as well c. nor d. but

b. such d. but a. too c. so

c. but also d. a or b b. also

c. such as b. so that d. too

c. because d. when b. for

6. 7. 8. 9. 10. The sun is shining and there are very few clouds; _______, I am sure it is going to rain. 11. Bill is in class 12, _______ John, who is a year older, is only in class 4. 12. You must leave at once, ________ you miss the train. 13. You need to get some job retraining. _______ it, you risk being laid off. 14. Could I have rice_______ potatoes, please? 15. 16. 17. Graphite is a soft, slippery solid that is a good conductor of_______ hear and electricity. 18. The lecture was _______ interesting and instructive. c. neither 19. Both Mary and Allen_______Jean are going on the tour. 20. He likes travel, and_______ does she. Exercise 2 1. 2. 3. 4.

c. such as d. a or b

c. and b. but d. so

c. because of b. while

122

https://www.facebook.com/hoanganh.098.nhna English grammar grade 9

I'm worried about it, and he is_______ a. too He borrowed money_______ he could finish his education. a. that The temperature drops_______ the sun sets. a. while Some birds cannot fly well, _______, the chicken has wings, but its flying muscles are not strong enough to be useful. b. for instance a. for example The missing piece is small, _______ nevertheless important. a. or I'm very homesick_______ a student a broad. a. as d. due to Just_______ he died, my friend who wrote poetry published his first book. d. before a. but 5. 6. 7. b. either c. and

9th grade synthesized English grammar

c. nor b. either d. without

d. And c. Because

a. both/ or d. whether/ or b. not only/ but also c. either/ or

b. so c. and a. also d. but also

b. so c. but also

c. Despite b. In spite of

a. also d. and _______his physical handicap, he has become a successful businessman. d. b or c a. Although I like bananas, _______ my brother doesn’t a. because d. even though b. and c. but

c. and since b. while

a. so d. such _______few species that live on the ground, most monkeys live in tress. a. There are d. Except for c. All but b. A

d. therefore a. and c. or

b. although a. except d. and c. or

c. both a. and d. but b. or

b. neither d. while a. either

d. rather b. or

Blindfish, which spend their whole lives in caves, have _______ eyes nor body pigments. 8. a. not any _______their small size, the cameras take good pictures. 9. b. Despite of a. In spite of 10. She could not decide_______ to drive_______ to jump into water. 11. Flying is not only faster, _______ safer than traveling by car. 12. Beth can play the guitar_______ the violin. 13. 14. 15. Glucose does not have to be digested, _______ it can be put directly into the bloodstream. 16. 17. She closed the door_______ left for the city. b. but 18. The mail comes at ten o'clock every day_______ Sunday. 19. We need wither a nail_______ a screw to hang this picture. 20. You had better come yourself_______ send a friend. c. or else Exercise 3 1. We should be firm_______ patient in this case. 2.

c. The b. If the d. Since

3.

c. If not b. Without it a. and c. in stead of _______ food we eat lacks minerals, then the body an use the stores from its bones for more urgent needs. a. As the It sounds like something wrong with the car's engine_______, we'd better take it to the garage immediately. a. Otherwise d. If so

d. instead of b. but also c. instead

d. however c. but

b. such as c. and

4. We didn't go to Paris. We went to Rome_______ 5. 6. 7.

c. in spite of d. contrary b. they

c. therefore b. or

123

https://www.facebook.com/hoanganh.098.nhna English grammar grade 9

a. also No one _______ Kathy knows very much about it. a. and b. as Some birds, _______ robins and cardinals, spend their winter in the North. d. likely a. as Galaxies are composed of millions of individual stars_______ are so far away that they appear as single pints of light. a. but they Internet is a very fast_______ convenient way for us to get information. a. and d. but It's raining, _______ I can't go to the beach. 8. 9.

9th grade synthesized English grammar

a. so b. or c. but d. and

b. either d. as well c. not only

c. though d. In spite of b. Even though a. in addition _______ his poor English, he managed to communicate his problem very clearly. a. Although

b. so d. that c. unless a. so that

d. that a. because of b. due to the fact that c. thanks

c. because d. although a. as well as b. in spite of

c. or d. thus b. otherwise

c. Next b. Besides a. either _______ Marge, three couples are invited a. Addition

d. a or b b. except

d. however

b. That c. Although a. but c. and It was still painful, _______ I went to see a doctor. a. but c. so b. or _______ pipelines are expensive to build, they are relatively cheap to operate and maintain. a. Because d. Despite

a. and b. but d. so c. or

The examination was very difficult, _______ very few were able to pass. a. consequently c. on the hand b. as well as d. whereas

d. as well b. neither c. both

d. as well b. neither c. both

b. but d. so

d. therefore b. but

d. however c. whereas b. while

c. therefore b. while

b. and as well d. and too

a. either You can send letters from Hongkong_______ by Suez or by Canada. a. either There as no one there; _______ I went away. a. and c. or He was very young and had no experience of that type of work he was not given the post. a. and c. or He has to pay a fine of $10, _______ he had to spend 10 days in prison a. or else He is very cleaver and wins all the prizes _______ his brother never seems to know a thing. a. and d. or You must tell him where you are going_______ when you will be back c. and also a. and both He was the best in class at Maths and English; _______ he was the best footballer in the school. a. moreover b. however d. so c. or

b. however d. so c. or

10. An effective paragraph must _______ be unified and ordered but also complete. 11. 12. He is saving_______ he can go on vacation. 13. The flight was canceled_______ the weather conditions were bad. 14. Pheasants spend most of their time on the ground, _______ many species perch in trees at night. 15. Natural fiber comes from_______ animal or plant. 16. d. Moreover 17. All of the students_______ the seniors will receive their grades in two weeks. 18. 19. 20. He felt ill_______ he went to bed early. Exercise 4 1. 2. We know_______ him and his wife. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Geography is a very interesting subject; _______ very few people study it thoroughly. 11.

124

https://www.facebook.com/hoanganh.098.nhna English grammar grade 9

a. and It was very wet_______ I decided not to go a. and b. but d. so c. or

9th grade synthesized English grammar

b. as well c. as well as d. as good as

c. so d. too b. and also a. as I told him to come at three _______ to bring his wife with him. a. also

d. however b. therefore c. moreover

c. When d. However a. and I'll offer it to Tom _______, he may not want it. b. As a. Even though

d. or b. so c. therefore a. otherwise

d. but c. in case a. though b. even though

c. Thus d. Hence a. Already

c. for b. still

b. Despite c. However a. yet d. but _______ the severe weather conditions all the cars completed the course. d. Yet a. In spite

c. For d. Or

b. in case c. but d. for

d. After

b. As d. so c. or

c. Although d. however b. though

b. in case d. before c. while

b. Because of c. Though d. As

b. Although d. a or b c. But

_______ we lived in town, we often went to the theater a. After b. When He took the food eagerly, _______ he had eaten nothing since dawn. a. if _______ the sun rose, the fog dispersed. a. As c. Before b. When _______ a married man, he has to think of his family. a. If Tired_______ he was, he offered to carry her. a. as Some people waste food_______ others don't have enough. a. as _______ she came to know him better, she relied on him more. a. While _______ I sympathize with your point of view, I cannot accept it. a. While How can you expect your children to be truthful_______ you yourself tell lies? a. when b. therefore c. because d. since

d. and a. like b. as c. or

c. although/ however d. because/ and b. because/ but a. for/ but

a. On the contrary c. Although b. Because d. Since

12. He is very fond of music_______ reading. 13. 14. Our opponents have e very good team; _______ there is no need for us to lose hope. 15. 16. There is fog at Heathrow; the plane, _______, has been diverted. 17. He says he will pay; I don't think he will, _______ 18. They are ugly and expensive, _______ people buy them. b. Yet 19. You aren't rich; _______, you could do something to help him. 20. Exercise 5 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Strong_______ he was, he couldn't lift it. 11. He stole, not_______ he wanted the money, _______ because he liked stealing. 12. Not everybody thinks the building is ugly_______, some people say it looks marvelous. 13. Business has been very bad this year_______, we have had to close one of our factories.

125

https://www.facebook.com/hoanganh.098.nhna English grammar grade 9

a. consequently b. as a result d. a or b c. but

9th grade synthesized English grammar

a. if d. so b. in case

a. so d. while

d. as b. after a. unless

b. for d. since

d. or a. when c. because I never take and umbrella_______ it's raining heavily. a. unless

d. so b. and a. because

c. so a. despite d. although b. in spite of

b. if d. unless c. because

d. in case b. in spite of c. because of a. but Have you really go not money_______ the fact that you've had a part time job this term? a. although

b. since d. after

a. until c. so I'd go way somewhere_______ I could afford to. c. as a. if d. but

d. in spite of c. as soon as a. for

d. in addition b. however a. but also c. as well

c. in order d. so that b. since

d. Anyway b. or

c. Moreover b. Besides d. If

d. nevertheless b. by the way

a. as if I'm not sure a thank you letter is really necessary. _______, I can't be bothered to write one. c. As a. And It was a terrible journey. _______, we got there safely in the end. a. Still It's a lovely day, isn't it? Yes, beautiful_______ have you seen John? a. However c. But I couldn't unlock it_______ I had the wrong key. a. when d. because b. while c. so as

a. In addition c. However b. Because d. And

b. nevertheless a. although c. however d. b or c

d. hence c. so

d. As soon as c. Before

14. Take a map with you _______ you lose your way. c. so that 15. The play was very boring, _______ they walked out. c. when b. if 16. She'll only do the job_______ you pay he more. c. if 17. He hasn't written to us_______ he left. 18. c. otherwise b. if 19. He got a new alarm clock_______ he'd get up on time. c. so that 20. He agreed to go climbing_______ he hated heights. Exercise 6 1. We decided not to go out for a meal_______ we were simply too tired. 2. 3. We've been thinking about nothing else_______ we bought our plane tickets. 4. b. in case 5. Wicky and I will be off to France_______ this term is over b. as 6. We took lots of photos. We videoed the speeches_______ 7. We're going to buy a special ticket_______ we can go anywhere we like on the way. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. He had to take photos of the places he visits. _______, he's writing a report of his journey. 13. He thought the talk was fascinating. His friend, _______ fell asleep halfway through it. 14. Olivia booked a babysitter_______ she could go our for the evening. 15. 16.

126

https://www.facebook.com/hoanganh.098.nhna English grammar grade 9

a. so that b. but _______ we had got ton the plane, it started to rain. a. If b. While Jane has a computer, _______ she doesn't use it. c. but a. and d. in spite of b. since

9th grade synthesized English grammar

b. As a result It was cloudy. _______, the photos came out very bad. c. However a. Result d. But

c. in case b. unless a. if d. because of

17. 18. You should bring an umbrella_______ it rains. 19. Mark heard the news on the radio_______ he was driving home. d. a or b 20. Everyone thought she would accept the offer_______, she turned it down.

a. while c. until b. as

c. Too b. So d. Moreover

a. However Exercise 1 2b 1a 12d 11b 3a 13d 4d 14d 5a 15a 6b 16a 7a 17c 8a 18d 9c 19b 10d 20c

Exercise 2 2b 1a 12d 11d 3d 13d 4d 14c 5b 15a 6b 16d 7d 17a 8b 18a 9a 19b 10d 20c

Exercise 3 2b 1c 12a 11d 3d 13b 4c 14d 5c 15a 6b 16b 7a 17d 8a 18c 9a 19c 10c 20d

Exercise 4 2c 1a 12c 11d 3a 13b 4d 14d 5d 15d 6a 16c 7b 17a 8c 18b 9a 19b 10b 20b

Exercise 5 2d 1b 12a 11b 3a 13d 4b 14b 5a 15a 6c 16c 7d 17d 8d 18a 9a 19c 10b 20d

3b 13d 4a 14a 5c 15d 6c 16c 7d 17b 8d 18c 9a 19d 10b 20a

127

https://www.facebook.com/hoanganh.098.nhna English grammar grade 9

Exercise 6 2b 1c 11d 12a